diff --git a/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/NLog.dll b/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/NLog.dll deleted file mode 100644 index cd8e7d651..000000000 Binary files a/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/NLog.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/NLog.pdb b/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/NLog.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index ebfc192d5..000000000 Binary files a/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/NLog.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/NLog.xml b/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/NLog.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 4f7c291c9..000000000 --- a/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/NLog.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11108 +0,0 @@ - - - - NLog - - - - - Asynchronous continuation delegate - function invoked at the end of asynchronous - processing. - - Exception during asynchronous processing or null if no exception - was thrown. - - - - Helpers for asynchronous operations. - - - - - Iterates over all items in the given collection and runs the specified action - in sequence (each action executes only after the preceding one has completed without an error). - - Type of each item. - The items to iterate. - The asynchronous continuation to invoke once all items - have been iterated. - The action to invoke for each item. - - - - Repeats the specified asynchronous action multiple times and invokes asynchronous continuation at the end. - - The repeat count. - The asynchronous continuation to invoke at the end. - The action to invoke. - - - - Modifies the continuation by pre-pending given action to execute just before it. - - The async continuation. - The action to pre-pend. - Continuation which will execute the given action before forwarding to the actual continuation. - - - - Attaches a timeout to a continuation which will invoke the continuation when the specified - timeout has elapsed. - - The asynchronous continuation. - The timeout. - Wrapped continuation. - - - - Iterates over all items in the given collection and runs the specified action - in parallel (each action executes on a thread from thread pool). - - Type of each item. - The items to iterate. - The asynchronous continuation to invoke once all items - have been iterated. - The action to invoke for each item. - - - - Runs the specified asynchronous action synchronously (blocks until the continuation has - been invoked). - - The action. - - Using this method is not recommended because it will block the calling thread. - - - - - Wraps the continuation with a guard which will only make sure that the continuation function - is invoked only once. - - The asynchronous continuation. - Wrapped asynchronous continuation. - - - - Gets the combined exception from all exceptions in the list. - - The exceptions. - Combined exception or null if no exception was thrown. - - - - Asynchronous action. - - Continuation to be invoked at the end of action. - - - - Asynchronous action with one argument. - - Type of the argument. - Argument to the action. - Continuation to be invoked at the end of action. - - - - Represents the logging event with asynchronous continuation. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the struct. - - The log event. - The continuation. - - - - Implements the operator ==. - - The event info1. - The event info2. - The result of the operator. - - - - Implements the operator ==. - - The event info1. - The event info2. - The result of the operator. - - - - Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance. - - The to compare with this instance. - - A value of true if the specified is equal to this instance; otherwise, false. - - - - - Returns a hash code for this instance. - - - A hash code for this instance, suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table. - - - - - Gets the log event. - - - - - Gets the continuation. - - - - - NLog internal logger. - - - - - Initializes static members of the InternalLogger class. - - - - - Logs the specified message at the specified level. - - Log level. - Message which may include positional parameters. - Arguments to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message at the specified level. - - Log level. - Log message. - - - - Logs the specified message at the Trace level. - - Message which may include positional parameters. - Arguments to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message at the Trace level. - - Log message. - - - - Logs the specified message at the Debug level. - - Message which may include positional parameters. - Arguments to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message at the Debug level. - - Log message. - - - - Logs the specified message at the Info level. - - Message which may include positional parameters. - Arguments to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message at the Info level. - - Log message. - - - - Logs the specified message at the Warn level. - - Message which may include positional parameters. - Arguments to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message at the Warn level. - - Log message. - - - - Logs the specified message at the Error level. - - Message which may include positional parameters. - Arguments to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message at the Error level. - - Log message. - - - - Logs the specified message at the Fatal level. - - Message which may include positional parameters. - Arguments to the message. - - - - Logs the specified message at the Fatal level. - - Log message. - - - - Gets or sets the internal log level. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether internal messages should be written to the console output stream. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether internal messages should be written to the console error stream. - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the internal log file. - - A value of value disables internal logging to a file. - - - - Gets or sets the text writer that will receive internal logs. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether timestamp should be included in internal log output. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether internal log includes Trace messages. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether internal log includes Debug messages. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether internal log includes Info messages. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether internal log includes Warn messages. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether internal log includes Error messages. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether internal log includes Fatal messages. - - - - - A cyclic buffer of object. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Buffer size. - Whether buffer should grow as it becomes full. - The maximum number of items that the buffer can grow to. - - - - Adds the specified log event to the buffer. - - Log event. - The number of items in the buffer. - - - - Gets the array of events accumulated in the buffer and clears the buffer as one atomic operation. - - Events in the buffer. - - - - Gets the number of items in the array. - - - - - Condition and expression. - - - - - Base class for representing nodes in condition expression trees. - - - - - Converts condition text to a condition expression tree. - - Condition text to be converted. - Condition expression tree. - - - - Evaluates the expression. - - Evaluation context. - Expression result. - - - - Returns a string representation of the expression. - - - A that represents the condition expression. - - - - - Evaluates the expression. - - Evaluation context. - Expression result. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Left hand side of the AND expression. - Right hand side of the AND expression. - - - - Returns a string representation of this expression. - - A concatenated '(Left) and (Right)' string. - - - - Evaluates the expression by evaluating and recursively. - - Evaluation context. - The value of the conjunction operator. - - - - Gets the left hand side of the AND expression. - - - - - Gets the right hand side of the AND expression. - - - - - Exception during evaluation of condition expression. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message. - The inner exception. - - - - Condition layout expression (represented by a string literal - with embedded ${}). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The layout. - - - - Returns a string representation of this expression. - - String literal in single quotes. - - - - Evaluates the expression by calculating the value - of the layout in the specified evaluation context. - - Evaluation context. - The value of the layout. - - - - Gets the layout. - - The layout. - - - - Condition level expression (represented by the level keyword). - - - - - Returns a string representation of the expression. - - The 'level' string. - - - - Evaluates to the current log level. - - Evaluation context. Ignored. - The object representing current log level. - - - - Condition literal expression (numeric, LogLevel.XXX, true or false). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Literal value. - - - - Returns a string representation of the expression. - - The literal value. - - - - Evaluates the expression. - - Evaluation context. - The literal value as passed in the constructor. - - - - Gets the literal value. - - The literal value. - - - - Condition logger name expression (represented by the logger keyword). - - - - - Returns a string representation of this expression. - - A logger string. - - - - Evaluates to the logger name. - - Evaluation context. - The logger name. - - - - Condition message expression (represented by the message keyword). - - - - - Returns a string representation of this expression. - - The 'message' string. - - - - Evaluates to the logger message. - - Evaluation context. - The logger message. - - - - Marks class as a log event Condition and assigns a name to it. - - - - - Attaches a simple name to an item (such as , - , , etc.). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The name of the item. - - - - Gets the name of the item. - - The name of the item. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Condition method name. - - - - Condition method invocation expression (represented by method(p1,p2,p3) syntax). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the condition method. - of the condition method. - The method parameters. - - - - Returns a string representation of the expression. - - - A that represents the condition expression. - - - - - Evaluates the expression. - - Evaluation context. - Expression result. - - - - Gets the method info. - - - - - Gets the method parameters. - - The method parameters. - - - - A bunch of utility methods (mostly predicates) which can be used in - condition expressions. Parially inspired by XPath 1.0. - - - - - Compares two values for equality. - - The first value. - The second value. - true when two objects are equal, false otherwise. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the second string is a substring of the first one. - - The first string. - The second string. - true when the second string is a substring of the first string, false otherwise. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the second string is a prefix of the first one. - - The first string. - The second string. - true when the second string is a prefix of the first string, false otherwise. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the second string is a suffix of the first one. - - The first string. - The second string. - true when the second string is a prefix of the first string, false otherwise. - - - - Returns the length of a string. - - A string whose lengths is to be evaluated. - The length of the string. - - - - Marks the class as containing condition methods. - - - - - Condition not expression. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The expression. - - - - Returns a string representation of the expression. - - - A that represents the condition expression. - - - - - Evaluates the expression. - - Evaluation context. - Expression result. - - - - Gets the expression to be negated. - - The expression. - - - - Condition or expression. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Left hand side of the OR expression. - Right hand side of the OR expression. - - - - Returns a string representation of the expression. - - - A that represents the condition expression. - - - - - Evaluates the expression by evaluating and recursively. - - Evaluation context. - The value of the alternative operator. - - - - Gets the left expression. - - The left expression. - - - - Gets the right expression. - - The right expression. - - - - Exception during parsing of condition expression. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message. - The inner exception. - - - - Condition parser. Turns a string representation of condition expression - into an expression tree. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The expression text. - Instance of used to resolve references to condition methods and layout renderers. - - - - Parses the specified condition string and turns it into - tree. - - The expression to be parsed. - The root of the expression syntax tree which can be used to get the value of the condition in a specified context. - - - - Parses the specified condition string and turns it into - tree. - - The expression to be parsed. - Instance of used to resolve references to condition methods and layout renderers. - The root of the expression syntax tree which can be used to get the value of the condition in a specified context. - - - - Condition relational (==, !=, <, <=, - > or >=) expression. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The left expression. - The right expression. - The relational operator. - - - - Returns a string representation of the expression. - - - A that represents the condition expression. - - - - - Evaluates the expression. - - Evaluation context. - Expression result. - - - - Compares the specified values using specified relational operator. - - The first value. - The second value. - The relational operator. - Result of the given relational operator. - - - - Gets the left expression. - - The left expression. - - - - Gets the right expression. - - The right expression. - - - - Gets the relational operator. - - The operator. - - - - Relational operators used in conditions. - - - - - Equality (==). - - - - - Inequality (!=). - - - - - Less than (<). - - - - - Greater than (>). - - - - - Less than or equal (<=). - - - - - Greater than or equal (>=). - - - - - Hand-written tokenizer for conditions. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The expression text. - - - - Asserts current token type and advances to the next token. - - Expected token type. - If token type doesn't match, an exception is thrown. - - - - Asserts that current token is a keyword and returns its value and advances to the next token. - - Keyword value. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether current keyword is equal to the specified value. - - The keyword. - - A value of true if current keyword is equal to the specified value; otherwise, false. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tokenizer has reached the end of the token stream. - - - A value of true if the tokenizer has reached the end of the token stream; otherwise, false. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether current token is a number. - - - A value of true if current token is a number; otherwise, false. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the specified token is of specified type. - - The token type. - - A value of true if current token is of specified type; otherwise, false. - - - - - Gets the next token and sets and properties. - - - - - Gets the token position. - - The token position. - - - - Gets the type of the token. - - The type of the token. - - - - Gets the token value. - - The token value. - - - - Gets the value of a string token. - - The string token value. - - - - Mapping between characters and token types for punctuations. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the CharToTokenType struct. - - The character. - Type of the token. - - - - Token types for condition expressions. - - - - - Marks the class or a member as advanced. Advanced classes and members are hidden by - default in generated documentation. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Identifies that the output of layout or layout render does not change for the lifetime of the current appdomain. - - - - - Used to mark configurable parameters which are arrays. - Specifies the mapping between XML elements and .NET types. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The type of the array item. - The XML element name that represents the item. - - - - Gets the .NET type of the array item. - - - - - Gets the XML element name. - - - - - Provides registration information for named items (targets, layouts, layout renderers, etc.) managed by NLog. - - - - - Initializes static members of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The assemblies to scan for named items. - - - - Registers named items from the assembly. - - The assembly. - - - - Registers named items from the assembly. - - The assembly. - Item name prefix. - - - - Clears the contents of all factories. - - - - - Registers the type. - - The type to register. - The item name prefix. - - - - Gets or sets default singleton instance of . - - - - - Gets the factory. - - The target factory. - - - - Gets the factory. - - The filter factory. - - - - Gets the factory. - - The layout renderer factory. - - - - Gets the factory. - - The layout factory. - - - - Gets the ambient property factory. - - The ambient property factory. - - - - Gets the condition method factory. - - The condition method factory. - - - - Attribute used to mark the default parameters for layout renderers. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Factory for class-based items. - - The base type of each item. - The type of the attribute used to annotate itemss. - - - - Represents a factory of named items (such as targets, layouts, layout renderers, etc.). - - Base type for each item instance. - Item definition type (typically or ). - - - - Registers new item definition. - - Name of the item. - Item definition. - - - - Tries to get registed item definition. - - Name of the item. - Reference to a variable which will store the item definition. - Item definition. - - - - Creates item instance. - - Name of the item. - Newly created item instance. - - - - Tries to create an item instance. - - Name of the item. - The result. - True if instance was created successfully, false otherwise. - - - - Gets a collection of all registered items in the factory. - - Sequence of key/value pairs where each key represents the name - of the item and value is the of - the item. - - - - Provides means to populate factories of named items (such as targets, layouts, layout renderers, etc.). - - - - - Scans the assembly. - - The assembly. - The prefix. - - - - Registers the type. - - The type to register. - The item name prefix. - - - - Clears the contents of the factory. - - - - - Registers a single type definition. - - The item name. - The type of the item. - - - - Tries to get registed item definition. - - Name of the item. - Reference to a variable which will store the item definition. - Item definition. - - - - Tries to create an item instance. - - Name of the item. - The result. - True if instance was created successfully, false otherwise. - - - - Creates an item instance. - - The name of the item. - Created item. - - - - Gets a collection of all registered items in the factory. - - Sequence of key/value pairs where each key represents the name - of the item and value is the of - the item. - - - - Implemented by objects which support installation and uninstallation. - - - - - Performs installation which requires administrative permissions. - - The installation context. - - - - Performs uninstallation which requires administrative permissions. - - The installation context. - - - - Determines whether the item is installed. - - The installation context. - - Value indicating whether the item is installed or null if it is not possible to determine. - - - - - Provides context for install/uninstall operations. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The log output. - - - - Logs the specified trace message. - - The message. - The arguments. - - - - Logs the specified debug message. - - The message. - The arguments. - - - - Logs the specified informational message. - - The message. - The arguments. - - - - Logs the specified warning message. - - The message. - The arguments. - - - - Logs the specified error message. - - The message. - The arguments. - - - - Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. - - - - - Creates the log event which can be used to render layouts during installation/uninstallations. - - Log event info object. - - - - Gets or sets the installation log level. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to ignore failures during installation. - - - - - Gets the installation parameters. - - - - - Gets or sets the log output. - - - - - Keeps logging configuration and provides simple API - to modify it. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Registers the specified target object under a given name. - - - Name of the target. - - - The target object. - - - - - Finds the target with the specified name. - - - The name of the target to be found. - - - Found target or when the target is not found. - - - - - Called by LogManager when one of the log configuration files changes. - - - A new instance of that represents the updated configuration. - - - - - Removes the specified named target. - - - Name of the target. - - - - - Installs target-specific objects on current system. - - The installation context. - - Installation typically runs with administrative permissions. - - - - - Uninstalls target-specific objects from current system. - - The installation context. - - Uninstallation typically runs with administrative permissions. - - - - - Closes all targets and releases any unmanaged resources. - - - - - Flushes any pending log messages on all appenders. - - The asynchronous continuation. - - - - Validates the configuration. - - - - - Gets a collection of named targets specified in the configuration. - - - A list of named targets. - - - Unnamed targets (such as those wrapped by other targets) are not returned. - - - - - Gets the collection of file names which should be watched for changes by NLog. - - - - - Gets the collection of logging rules. - - - - - Gets all targets. - - - - - Arguments for events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The old configuration. - The new configuration. - - - - Gets the old configuration. - - The old configuration. - - - - Gets the new configuration. - - The new configuration. - - - - Represents a logging rule. An equivalent of <logger /> configuration element. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Logger name pattern. It may include the '*' wildcard at the beginning, at the end or at both ends. - Minimum log level needed to trigger this rule. - Target to be written to when the rule matches. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Logger name pattern. It may include the '*' wildcard at the beginning, at the end or at both ends. - Target to be written to when the rule matches. - By default no logging levels are defined. You should call and to set them. - - - - Enables logging for a particular level. - - Level to be enabled. - - - - Disables logging for a particular level. - - Level to be disabled. - - - - Returns a string representation of . Used for debugging. - - - A that represents the current . - - - - - Checks whether te particular log level is enabled for this rule. - - Level to be checked. - A value of when the log level is enabled, otherwise. - - - - Checks whether given name matches the logger name pattern. - - String to be matched. - A value of when the name matches, otherwise. - - - - Gets a collection of targets that should be written to when this rule matches. - - - - - Gets a collection of child rules to be evaluated when this rule matches. - - - - - Gets a collection of filters to be checked before writing to targets. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to quit processing any further rule when this one matches. - - - - - Gets or sets logger name pattern. - - - Logger name pattern. It may include the '*' wildcard at the beginning, at the end or at both ends but not anywhere else. - - - - - Gets the collection of log levels enabled by this rule. - - - - - Factory for locating methods. - - The type of the class marker attribute. - The type of the method marker attribute. - - - - Scans the assembly for classes marked with - and methods marked with and adds them - to the factory. - - The assembly. - The prefix to use for names. - - - - Registers the type. - - The type to register. - The item name prefix. - - - - Clears contents of the factory. - - - - - Registers the definition of a single method. - - The method name. - The method info. - - - - Tries to retrieve method by name. - - The method name. - The result. - A value of true if the method was found, false otherwise. - - - - Retrieves method by name. - - Method name. - MethodInfo object. - - - - Tries to get method definition. - - The method . - The result. - A value of true if the method was found, false otherwise. - - - - Gets a collection of all registered items in the factory. - - - Sequence of key/value pairs where each key represents the name - of the item and value is the of - the item. - - - - - Marks the object as configuration item for NLog. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Represents simple XML element with case-insensitive attribute semantics. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The input URI. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The reader to initialize element from. - - - - Prevents a default instance of the class from being created. - - - - - Returns children elements with the specified element name. - - Name of the element. - Children elements with the specified element name. - - - - Gets the required attribute. - - Name of the attribute. - Attribute value. - Throws if the attribute is not specified. - - - - Gets the optional boolean attribute value. - - Name of the attribute. - Default value to return if the attribute is not found. - Boolean attribute value or default. - - - - Gets the optional attribute value. - - Name of the attribute. - The default value. - Value of the attribute or default value. - - - - Asserts that the name of the element is among specified element names. - - The allowed names. - - - - Gets the element name. - - - - - Gets the dictionary of attribute values. - - - - - Gets the collection of child elements. - - - - - Gets the value of the element. - - - - - Attribute used to mark the required parameters for targets, - layout targets and filters. - - - - - Supported operating systems. - - - If you add anything here, make sure to add the appropriate detection - code to - - - - - Any operating system. - - - - - Unix/Linux operating systems. - - - - - Windows CE. - - - - - Desktop versions of Windows (95,98,ME). - - - - - Windows NT, 2000, 2003 and future versions based on NT technology. - - - - - Unknown operating system. - - - - - Provides simple programmatic configuration API used for trivial logging cases. - - - - - Configures NLog for to log to the specified target so that all messages - above and including the level are output. - - The target to log all messages to. - - - - Configures NLog for to log to the specified target so that all messages - above and including the specified level are output. - - The target to log all messages to. - The minimal logging level. - - - - Configures NLog for file logging so that all messages above and including - the level are written to the specified file. - - Log file name. - - - - Configures NLog for file logging so that all messages above and including - the specified level are written to the specified file. - - Log file name. - The minimal logging level. - - - - Value indicating how stack trace should be captured when processing the log event. - - - - - Stack trace should not be captured. - - - - - Stack trace should be captured without source-level information. - - - - - Stack trace should be captured including source-level information such as line numbers. - - - - - Capture maximum amount of the stack trace information supported on the plaform. - - - - - Marks the layout or layout renderer as producing correct results regardless of the thread - it's running on. - - - - - A class for configuring NLog through an XML configuration file - (App.config style or App.nlog style). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Configuration file to be read. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Configuration file to be read. - Ignore any errors during configuration. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - containing the configuration section. - Name of the file that contains the element (to be used as a base for including other files). - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - containing the configuration section. - Name of the file that contains the element (to be used as a base for including other files). - Ignore any errors during configuration. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The XML element. - Name of the XML file. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The XML element. - Name of the XML file. - If set to true errors will be ignored during file processing. - - - - Re-reads the original configuration file and returns the new object. - - The new object. - - - - Initializes the configuration. - - containing the configuration section. - Name of the file that contains the element (to be used as a base for including other files). - Ignore any errors during configuration. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the configuration files - should be watched for changes and reloaded automatically when changed. - - - - - Gets the collection of file names which should be watched for changes by NLog. - This is the list of configuration files processed. - If the autoReload attribute is not set it returns empty collection. - - - - - Matches when the specified condition is met. - - - Conditions are expressed using a simple language - described here. - - - - - An abstract filter class. Provides a way to eliminate log messages - based on properties other than logger name and log level. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets the result of evaluating filter against given log event. - - The log event. - Filter result. - - - - Checks whether log event should be logged or not. - - Log event. - - - if the log event should be ignored
- - if the filter doesn't want to decide
- - if the log event should be logged
- .
-
- - - Gets or sets the action to be taken when filter matches. - - - - - - Checks whether log event should be logged or not. - - Log event. - - - if the log event should be ignored
- - if the filter doesn't want to decide
- - if the log event should be logged
- .
-
- - - Gets or sets the condition expression. - - - - - - Marks class as a layout renderer and assigns a name to it. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the filter. - - - - Filter result. - - - - - The filter doesn't want to decide whether to log or discard the message. - - - - - The message should be logged. - - - - - The message should not be logged. - - - - - The message should be logged and processing should be finished. - - - - - The message should not be logged and processing should be finished. - - - - - A base class for filters that are based on comparing a value to a layout. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the layout to be used to filter log messages. - - The layout. - - - - - Matches when the calculated layout contains the specified substring. - This filter is deprecated in favour of <when /> which is based on contitions. - - - - - Checks whether log event should be logged or not. - - Log event. - - - if the log event should be ignored
- - if the filter doesn't want to decide
- - if the log event should be logged
- .
-
- - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to ignore case when comparing strings. - - - - - - Gets or sets the substring to be matched. - - - - - - Matches when the calculated layout is equal to the specified substring. - This filter is deprecated in favour of <when /> which is based on contitions. - - - - - Checks whether log event should be logged or not. - - Log event. - - - if the log event should be ignored
- - if the filter doesn't want to decide
- - if the log event should be logged
- .
-
- - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to ignore case when comparing strings. - - - - - - Gets or sets a string to compare the layout to. - - - - - - Matches when the calculated layout does NOT contain the specified substring. - This filter is deprecated in favour of <when /> which is based on contitions. - - - - - Checks whether log event should be logged or not. - - Log event. - - - if the log event should be ignored
- - if the filter doesn't want to decide
- - if the log event should be logged
- .
-
- - - Gets or sets the substring to be matched. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to ignore case when comparing strings. - - - - - - Matches when the calculated layout is NOT equal to the specified substring. - This filter is deprecated in favour of <when /> which is based on contitions. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Checks whether log event should be logged or not. - - Log event. - - - if the log event should be ignored
- - if the filter doesn't want to decide
- - if the log event should be logged
- .
-
- - - Gets or sets a string to compare the layout to. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to ignore case when comparing strings. - - - - - - Global Diagnostics Context - used for log4net compatibility. - - - - - Sets the Global Diagnostics Context item to the specified value. - - Item name. - Item value. - - - - Gets the Global Diagnostics Context named item. - - Item name. - The item value of String.Empty if the value is not present. - - - - Checks whether the specified item exists in the Global Diagnostics Context. - - Item name. - A boolean indicating whether the specified item exists in current thread GDC. - - - - Removes the specified item from the Global Diagnostics Context. - - Item name. - - - - Clears the content of the GDC. - - - - - Global Diagnostics Context - a dictionary structure to hold per-application-instance values. - - - - - Sets the Global Diagnostics Context item to the specified value. - - Item name. - Item value. - - - - Gets the Global Diagnostics Context named item. - - Item name. - The item value of String.Empty if the value is not present. - - - - Checks whether the specified item exists in the Global Diagnostics Context. - - Item name. - A boolean indicating whether the specified item exists in current thread GDC. - - - - Removes the specified item from the Global Diagnostics Context. - - Item name. - - - - Clears the content of the GDC. - - - - - Helpers for .NET Compact Framework. - - - - - Optimized methods to get current time. - - - - - Gets the current time in an optimized fashion. - - Current time. - - - - Provides untyped IDictionary interface on top of generic IDictionary. - - The type of the key. - The type of the value. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the DictionaryAdapter class. - - The implementation. - - - - Adds an element with the provided key and value to the object. - - The to use as the key of the element to add. - The to use as the value of the element to add. - - - - Removes all elements from the object. - - - - - Determines whether the object contains an element with the specified key. - - The key to locate in the object. - - True if the contains an element with the key; otherwise, false. - - - - - Returns an object for the object. - - - An object for the object. - - - - - Removes the element with the specified key from the object. - - The key of the element to remove. - - - - Copies the elements of the to an , starting at a particular index. - - The one-dimensional that is the destination of the elements copied from . The must have zero-based indexing. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. - - - An object that can be used to iterate through the collection. - - - - - Gets an object containing the values in the object. - - - - An object containing the values in the object. - - - - - Gets the number of elements contained in the . - - - - The number of elements contained in the . - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether access to the is synchronized (thread safe). - - - true if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, false. - - - - - Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the . - - - - An object that can be used to synchronize access to the . - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the object has a fixed size. - - - true if the object has a fixed size; otherwise, false. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the object is read-only. - - - true if the object is read-only; otherwise, false. - - - - - Gets an object containing the keys of the object. - - - - An object containing the keys of the object. - - - - - Gets or sets the with the specified key. - - Dictionary key. - Value corresponding to key or null if not found - - - - Wrapper IDictionaryEnumerator. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The wrapped. - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. - - - True if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element; false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets both the key and the value of the current dictionary entry. - - - - A containing both the key and the value of the current dictionary entry. - - - - - Gets the key of the current dictionary entry. - - - - The key of the current element of the enumeration. - - - - - Gets the value of the current dictionary entry. - - - - The value of the current element of the enumeration. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - LINQ-like helpers (cannot use LINQ because we must work with .NET 2.0 profile). - - - - - Filters the given enumerable to return only items of the specified type. - - - Type of the item. - - - The enumerable. - - - Items of specified type. - - - - - Reverses the specified enumerable. - - - Type of enumerable item. - - - The enumerable. - - - Reversed enumerable. - - - - - Determines is the given predicate is met by any element of the enumerable. - - Element type. - The enumerable. - The predicate. - True if predicate returns true for any element of the collection, false otherwise. - - - - Converts the enumerable to list. - - Type of the list element. - The enumerable. - List of elements. - - - - Helper class for dealing with exceptions. - - - - - Determines whether the exception must be rethrown. - - The exception. - True if the exception must be rethrown, false otherwise. - - - - Object construction helper. - - - - - Base class for optimized file appenders. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the file. - The create parameters. - - - - Writes the specified bytes. - - The bytes. - - - - Flushes this instance. - - - - - Closes this instance. - - - - - Gets the file info. - - The last write time. - Length of the file. - True if the operation succeeded, false otherwise. - - - - Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. - - - - - Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources. - - True to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. - - - - Records the last write time for a file. - - - - - Records the last write time for a file to be specific date. - - Date and time when the last write occurred. - - - - Creates the file stream. - - If set to true allow concurrent writes. - A object which can be used to write to the file. - - - - Gets the name of the file. - - The name of the file. - - - - Gets the last write time. - - The last write time. - - - - Gets the open time of the file. - - The open time. - - - - Gets the file creation parameters. - - The file creation parameters. - - - - Implementation of which caches - file information. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the file. - The parameters. - - - - Closes this instance of the appender. - - - - - Flushes this current appender. - - - - - Gets the file info. - - The last write time. - Length of the file. - True if the operation succeeded, false otherwise. - - - - Writes the specified bytes to a file. - - The bytes to be written. - - - - Factory class which creates objects. - - - - - Interface implemented by all factories capable of creating file appenders. - - - - - Opens the appender for given file name and parameters. - - Name of the file. - Creation parameters. - Instance of which can be used to write to the file. - - - - Opens the appender for given file name and parameters. - - Name of the file. - Creation parameters. - - Instance of which can be used to write to the file. - - - - - Interface that provides parameters for create file function. - - - - - Multi-process and multi-host file appender which attempts - to get exclusive write access and retries if it's not available. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the file. - The parameters. - - - - Writes the specified bytes. - - The bytes. - - - - Flushes this instance. - - - - - Closes this instance. - - - - - Gets the file info. - - The last write time. - Length of the file. - - True if the operation succeeded, false otherwise. - - - - - Factory class. - - - - - Opens the appender for given file name and parameters. - - Name of the file. - Creation parameters. - - Instance of which can be used to write to the file. - - - - - Optimized single-process file appender which keeps the file open for exclusive write. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the file. - The parameters. - - - - Writes the specified bytes. - - The bytes. - - - - Flushes this instance. - - - - - Closes this instance. - - - - - Gets the file info. - - The last write time. - Length of the file. - - True if the operation succeeded, false otherwise. - - - - - Factory class. - - - - - Opens the appender for given file name and parameters. - - Name of the file. - Creation parameters. - - Instance of which can be used to write to the file. - - - - - Optimized routines to get the size and last write time of the specified file. - - - - - Initializes static members of the FileInfoHelper class. - - - - - Gets the information about a file. - - Name of the file. - The file handle. - The last write time of the file. - Length of the file. - A value of true if file information was retrieved successfully, false otherwise. - - - - Interface implemented by layouts and layout renderers. - - - - - Renders the the value of layout or layout renderer in the context of the specified log event. - - The log event. - String representation of a layout. - - - - Supports object initialization and termination. - - - - - Initializes this instance. - - The configuration. - - - - Closes this instance. - - - - - Allows components to request stack trace information to be provided in the . - - - - - Gets the level of stack trace information required by the implementing class. - - - - - Define Localizable attribute for platforms that don't have it. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Determines whether the target is localizable. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the target is localizable. - - - - - Logger configuration. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The targets by level. - - - - Gets targets for the specified level. - - The level. - Chain of targets with attached filters. - - - - Determines whether the specified level is enabled. - - The level. - - A value of true if the specified level is enabled; otherwise, false. - - - - - Creates instances of objects for given URLs. - - - - - Creates a new instance of the network sender based on a network URL. - - - URL that determines the network sender to be created. - - - A newly created network sender. - - - - - Interface for mocking socket calls. - - - - - A base class for all network senders. Supports one-way sending of messages - over various protocols. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The network URL. - - - - Finalizes an instance of the NetworkSender class. - - - - - Initializes this network sender. - - - - - Closes the sender and releases any unmanaged resources. - - The continuation. - - - - Flushes any pending messages and invokes a continuation. - - The continuation. - - - - Send the given text over the specified protocol. - - Bytes to be sent. - Offset in buffer. - Number of bytes to send. - The asynchronous continuation. - - - - Closes the sender and releases any unmanaged resources. - - - - - Performs sender-specific initialization. - - - - - Performs sender-specific close operation. - - The continuation. - - - - Performs sender-specific flush. - - The continuation. - - - - Actually sends the given text over the specified protocol. - - The bytes to be sent. - Offset in buffer. - Number of bytes to send. - The async continuation to be invoked after the buffer has been sent. - To be overridden in inheriting classes. - - - - Parses the URI into an endpoint address. - - The URI to parse. - The address family. - Parsed endpoint. - - - - Gets the address of the network endpoint. - - - - - Gets the last send time. - - - - - Default implementation of . - - - - - Creates a new instance of the network sender based on a network URL:. - - - URL that determines the network sender to be created. - - - A newly created network sender. - - - - - Emulate missing functionality from .NET Compact Framework - - - - - Emulate missing functionality from .NET Compact Framework - - - - - Socket proxy for mocking Socket code. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The address family. - Type of the socket. - Type of the protocol. - - - - Closes the wrapped socket. - - - - - Invokes ConnectAsync method on the wrapped socket. - - The instance containing the event data. - Result of original method. - - - - Invokes SendAsync method on the wrapped socket. - - The instance containing the event data. - Result of original method. - - - - Invokes SendToAsync method on the wrapped socket. - - The instance containing the event data. - Result of original method. - - - - Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. - - - - - Sends messages over a TCP network connection. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - URL. Must start with tcp://. - The address family. - - - - Creates the socket with given parameters. - - The address family. - Type of the socket. - Type of the protocol. - Instance of which represents the socket. - - - - Performs sender-specific initialization. - - - - - Closes the socket. - - The continuation. - - - - Performs sender-specific flush. - - The continuation. - - - - Sends the specified text over the connected socket. - - The bytes to be sent. - Offset in buffer. - Number of bytes to send. - The async continuation to be invoked after the buffer has been sent. - To be overridden in inheriting classes. - - - - Facilitates mocking of class. - - - - - Raises the Completed event. - - - - - Sends messages over the network as UDP datagrams. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - URL. Must start with udp://. - The address family. - - - - Creates the socket. - - The address family. - Type of the socket. - Type of the protocol. - Implementation of to use. - - - - Performs sender-specific initialization. - - - - - Closes the socket. - - The continuation. - - - - Sends the specified text as a UDP datagram. - - The bytes to be sent. - Offset in buffer. - Number of bytes to send. - The async continuation to be invoked after the buffer has been sent. - To be overridden in inheriting classes. - - - - Scans (breadth-first) the object graph following all the edges whose are - instances have attached and returns - all objects implementing a specified interfaces. - - - - - Finds the objects which have attached which are reachable - from any of the given root objects when traversing the object graph over public properties. - - Type of the objects to return. - The root objects. - Ordered list of objects implementing T. - - - - Parameter validation utilities. - - - - - Asserts that the value is not null and throws otherwise. - - The value to check. - Name of the parameter. - - - - Detects the platform the NLog is running on. - - - - - Portable implementation of . - - - - - Gets the information about a file. - - Name of the file. - The file handle. - The last write time of the file. - Length of the file. - - A value of true if file information was retrieved successfully, false otherwise. - - - - - Reflection helpers for accessing properties. - - - - - Implements a single-call guard around given continuation function. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The asynchronous continuation. - - - - Continuation function which implements the single-call guard. - - The exception. - - - - Provides helpers to sort log events and associated continuations. - - - - - Performs bucket sort (group by) on an array of items and returns a dictionary for easy traversal of the result set. - - The type of the value. - The type of the key. - The inputs. - The key selector function. - - Dictonary where keys are unique input keys, and values are lists of . - - - - - Key selector delegate. - - The type of the value. - The type of the key. - Value to extract key information from. - Key selected from log event. - - - - Utilities for dealing with values. - - - - - Represents target with a chain of filters which determine - whether logging should happen. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The target. - The filter chain. - - - - Gets the stack trace usage. - - A value that determines stack trace handling. - - - - Gets the target. - - The target. - - - - Gets the filter chain. - - The filter chain. - - - - Gets or sets the next item in the chain. - - The next item in the chain. - - - - Returns details about current process and thread in a portable manner. - - - - - Initializes static members of the ThreadIDHelper class. - - - - - Gets the singleton instance of PortableThreadIDHelper or - Win32ThreadIDHelper depending on runtime environment. - - The instance. - - - - Gets current thread ID. - - - - - Gets current process ID. - - - - - Gets current process name. - - - - - Gets current process name (excluding filename extension, if any). - - - - - Wraps with a timeout. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The asynchronous continuation. - The timeout. - - - - Continuation function which implements the timeout logic. - - The exception. - - - - Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. - - - - - URL Encoding helper. - - - - - Win32-optimized implementation of . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets current thread ID. - - - - - - Gets current process ID. - - - - - - Gets current process name. - - - - - - Gets current process name (excluding filename extension, if any). - - - - - - Designates a property of the class as an ambient property. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Ambient property name. - - - - The current application domain's base directory. - - - - - Render environmental information related to logging events. - - - - - Returns a that represents this instance. - - - A that represents this instance. - - - - - Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. - - - - - Renders the the value of layout renderer in the context of the specified log event. - - The log event. - String representation of a layout renderer. - - - - Initializes this instance. - - The configuration. - - - - Closes this instance. - - - - - Initializes this instance. - - The configuration. - - - - Closes this instance. - - - - - Renders the specified environmental information and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - Initializes the layout renderer. - - - - - Closes the layout renderer. - - - - - Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources. - - True to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. - - - - Gets the logging configuration this target is part of. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Renders the application base directory and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the file to be Path.Combine()'d with with the base directory. - - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the directory to be Path.Combine()'d with with the base directory. - - - - - - A counter value (increases on each layout rendering). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Renders the specified counter value and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - Gets or sets the initial value of the counter. - - - - - - Gets or sets the value to be added to the counter after each layout rendering. - - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the sequence. Different named sequences can have individual values. - - - - - - Current date and time. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Renders the current date and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - Gets or sets the culture used for rendering. - - - - - - Gets or sets the date format. Can be any argument accepted by DateTime.ToString(format). - - - - - - Log event context data. - - - - - Renders the specified log event context item and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the item. - - - - - - Exception information provided through - a call to one of the Logger.*Exception() methods. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Renders the specified exception information and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - Gets or sets the format of the output. Must be a comma-separated list of exception - properties: Message, Type, ShortType, ToString, Method, StackTrace. - This parameter value is case-insensitive. - - - - - - Gets or sets the separator used to concatenate parts specified in the Format. - - - - - - Renders contents of the specified file. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Renders the contents of the specified file and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the file. - - - - - - Gets or sets the encoding used in the file. - - The encoding. - - - - - Gets or sets the property of System.GC to retrieve. - - - - - Total memory allocated. - - - - - Total memory allocated (perform full garbage collection first). - - - - - Gets the number of Gen0 collections. - - - - - Gets the number of Gen1 collections. - - - - - Gets the number of Gen2 collections. - - - - - Maximum generation number supported by GC. - - - - - Global Diagnostics Context item. Provided for compatibility with log4net. - - - - - Renders the specified Global Diagnostics Context item and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the item. - - - - - - Globally-unique identifier (GUID). - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Renders a newly generated GUID string and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - Gets or sets the GUID format as accepted by Guid.ToString() method. - - - - - - Installation parameter (passed to InstallNLogConfig). - - - - - Renders the specified installation parameter and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the parameter. - - - - - - Marks class as a layout renderer and assigns a format string to it. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the layout renderer. - - - - The log level. - - - - - Renders the current log level and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - A string literal. - - - This is used to escape '${' sequence - as ;${literal:text=${}' - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The literal text value. - This is used by the layout compiler. - - - - Renders the specified string literal and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - Gets or sets the literal text. - - - - - - XML event description compatible with log4j, Chainsaw and NLogViewer. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Renders the XML logging event and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include NLog-specific extensions to log4j schema. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the XML should use spaces for indentation. - - - - - - Gets or sets the AppInfo field. By default it's the friendly name of the current AppDomain. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include contents of the dictionary. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include contents of the stack. - - - - - - Gets the level of stack trace information required by the implementing class. - - - - - The logger name. - - - - - Renders the logger name and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to render short logger name (the part after the trailing dot character). - - - - - - The date and time in a long, sortable format yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss.mmm. - - - - - Renders the date in the long format (yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss.mmm) and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - Mapped Diagnostic Context item. Provided for compatibility with log4net. - - - - - Renders the specified MDC item and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the item. - - - - - - The formatted log message. - - - - - Renders the log message including any positional parameters and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - Nested Diagnostic Context item. Provided for compatibility with log4net. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Renders the specified Nested Diagnostics Context item and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - Gets or sets the number of top stack frames to be rendered. - - - - - - Gets or sets the number of bottom stack frames to be rendered. - - - - - - Gets or sets the separator to be used for concatenating nested diagnostics context output. - - - - - - A newline literal. - - - - - Renders the specified string literal and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - The directory where NLog.dll is located. - - - - - Initializes static members of the NLogDirLayoutRenderer class. - - - - - Renders the directory where NLog is located and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the file to be Path.Combine()'d with the directory name. - - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the directory to be Path.Combine()'d with the directory name. - - - - - - The identifier of the current process. - - - - - Renders the current process ID. - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - The name of the current process. - - - - - Renders the current process name (optionally with a full path). - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to write the full path to the process executable. - - - - - - The process time in format HH:mm:ss.mmm. - - - - - Renders the current process running time and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - High precision timer, based on the value returned from QueryPerformanceCounter() optionally converted to seconds. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes the layout renderer. - - - - - Renders the ticks value of current time and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to normalize the result by subtracting - it from the result of the first call (so that it's effectively zero-based). - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to output the difference between the result - of QueryPerformanceCounter and the previous one. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to convert the result to seconds by dividing - by the result of QueryPerformanceFrequency(). - - - - - - Gets or sets the number of decimal digits to be included in output. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to align decimal point (emit non-significant zeros). - - - - - - A value from the Registry. - - - - - Reads the specified registry key and value and appends it to - the passed . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. Ignored. - - - - Gets or sets the registry value name. - - - - - - Gets or sets the value to be output when the specified registry key or value is not found. - - - - - - Gets or sets the registry key. - - - Must have one of the forms: -
    -
  • HKLM\Key\Full\Name
  • -
  • HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Key\Full\Name
  • -
  • HKCU\Key\Full\Name
  • -
  • HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Key\Full\Name
  • -
-
- -
- - - The short date in a sortable format yyyy-MM-dd. - - - - - Renders the current short date string (yyyy-MM-dd) and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - Specifies application information to display in ${sl-appinfo} renderer. - - - - - URI of the current application XAP file. - - - - - Whether application is running out-of-browser. - - - - - Installed state of an application. - - - - - Whether application is running with elevated permissions. - - - - - A temporary directory. - - - - - Renders the directory where NLog is located and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the file to be Path.Combine()'d with the directory name. - - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the directory to be Path.Combine()'d with the directory name. - - - - - - The identifier of the current thread. - - - - - Renders the current thread identifier and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - The name of the current thread. - - - - - Renders the current thread name and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - The Ticks value of current date and time. - - - - - Renders the ticks value of current time and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - Applies caching to another layout output. - - - The value of the inner layout will be rendered only once and reused subsequently. - - - - - Decodes text "encrypted" with ROT-13. - - - See http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ROT13. - - - - - Renders the inner message, processes it and appends it to the specified . - - The to append the rendered data to. - Logging event. - - - - Transforms the output of another layout. - - Output to be transform. - Transformed text. - - - - Renders the inner layout contents. - - The log event. - Contents of inner layout. - - - - Gets or sets the wrapped layout. - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes the layout renderer. - - - - - Closes the layout renderer. - - - - - Transforms the output of another layout. - - Output to be transform. - Transformed text. - - - - Renders the inner layout contents. - - The log event. - Contents of inner layout. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is enabled. - - - - - - Converts the result of another layout output to lower case. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Post-processes the rendered message. - - The text to be post-processed. - Padded and trimmed string. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether lower case conversion should be applied. - - A value of true if lower case conversion should be applied; otherwise, false. - - - - - Gets or sets the culture used for rendering. - - - - - - Applies padding to another layout output. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Transforms the output of another layout. - - Output to be transform. - Transformed text. - - - - Gets or sets the number of characters to pad the output to. - - - Positive padding values cause left padding, negative values - cause right padding to the desired width. - - - - - - Gets or sets the padding character. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to trim the - rendered text to the absolute value of the padding length. - - - - - - Replaces a string in the output of another layout with another string. - - - - - Initializes the layout renderer. - - - - - Post-processes the rendered message. - - The text to be post-processed. - Post-processed text. - - - - Gets or sets the text to search for. - - The text search for. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether regular expressions should be used. - - A value of true if regular expressions should be used otherwise, false. - - - - - Gets or sets the replacement string. - - The replacement string. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to ignore case. - - A value of true if case should be ignored when searching; otherwise, false. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to search for whole words. - - A value of true if whole words should be searched for; otherwise, false. - - - - - Decodes text "encrypted" with ROT-13. - - - See http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ROT13. - - - - - Encodes/Decodes ROT-13-encoded string. - - The string to be encoded/decoded. - Encoded/Decoded text. - - - - Transforms the output of another layout. - - Output to be transform. - Transformed text. - - - - Gets or sets the layout to be wrapped. - - The layout to be wrapped. - This variable is for backwards compatibility - - - - - Trims the whitespace from the result of another layout renderer. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Post-processes the rendered message. - - The text to be post-processed. - Trimmed string. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether lower case conversion should be applied. - - A value of true if lower case conversion should be applied; otherwise, false. - - - - - Converts the result of another layout output to upper case. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Post-processes the rendered message. - - The text to be post-processed. - Padded and trimmed string. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether upper case conversion should be applied. - - A value of true if upper case conversion should be applied otherwise, false. - - - - - Gets or sets the culture used for rendering. - - - - - - Encodes the result of another layout output for use with URLs. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Transforms the output of another layout. - - Output to be transform. - Transformed text. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether spaces should be translated to '+' or '%20'. - - A value of true if space should be translated to '+'; otherwise, false. - - - - - A column in the CSV. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The name of the column. - The layout of the column. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the column. - - - - - - Gets or sets the layout of the column. - - - - - - Specifies allowed column delimiters. - - - - - Automatically detect from regional settings. - - - - - Comma (ASCII 44). - - - - - Semicolon (ASCII 59). - - - - - Tab character (ASCII 9). - - - - - Pipe character (ASCII 124). - - - - - Space character (ASCII 32). - - - - - Custom string, specified by the CustomDelimiter. - - - - - A specialized layout that renders CSV-formatted events. - - - - - A specialized layout that supports header and footer. - - - - - Abstract interface that layouts must implement. - - - - - Converts a given text to a . - - Text to be converted. - object represented by the text. - - - - Implicitly converts the specified string to a . - - The layout string. - Instance of . - - - - Implicitly converts the specified string to a . - - The layout string. - The NLog factories to use when resolving layout renderers. - Instance of . - - - - Precalculates the layout for the specified log event and stores the result - in per-log event cache. - - The log event. - - Calling this method enables you to store the log event in a buffer - and/or potentially evaluate it in another thread even though the - layout may contain thread-dependent renderer. - - - - - Renders the event info in layout. - - The event info. - String representing log event. - - - - Initializes this instance. - - The configuration. - - - - Closes this instance. - - - - - Initializes this instance. - - The configuration. - - - - Closes this instance. - - - - - Initializes the layout. - - - - - Closes the layout. - - - - - Renders the layout for the specified logging event by invoking layout renderers. - - The logging event. - The rendered layout. - - - - Gets the logging configuration this target is part of. - - - - - Precalculates the layout for the specified log event and stores the result - in per-log event cache. - - The log event. - - Calling this method enables you to store the log event in a buffer - and/or potentially evaluate it in another thread even though the - layout may contain thread-dependent renderer. - - - - - Renders the layout for the specified logging event by invoking layout renderers. - - The logging event. - The rendered layout. - - - - Gets or sets the body layout (can be repeated multiple times). - - - - - - Gets or sets the header layout. - - - - - - Gets or sets the footer layout. - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes the layout. - - - - - Formats the log event for write. - - The log event to be formatted. - A string representation of the log event. - - - - Gets the array of parameters to be passed. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether CVS should include header. - - A value of true if CVS should include header; otherwise, false. - - - - - Gets or sets the column delimiter. - - - - - - Gets or sets the quoting mode. - - - - - - Gets or sets the quote Character. - - - - - - Gets or sets the custom column delimiter value (valid when ColumnDelimiter is set to 'Custom'). - - - - - - Header for CSV layout. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The parent. - - - - Renders the layout for the specified logging event by invoking layout renderers. - - The logging event. - The rendered layout. - - - - Specifies allowes CSV quoting modes. - - - - - Quote all column. - - - - - Quote nothing. - - - - - Quote only whose values contain the quote symbol or - the separator. - - - - - Marks class as a layout renderer and assigns a format string to it. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Layout name. - - - - Parses layout strings. - - - - - Simple character tokenizer. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The text to be tokenized. - - - - A specialized layout that renders Log4j-compatible XML events. - - - This layout is not meant to be used explicitly. Instead you can use ${log4jxmlevent} layout renderer. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Renders the layout for the specified logging event by invoking layout renderers. - - The logging event. - The rendered layout. - - - - Gets the instance that renders log events. - - - - - Represents a string with embedded placeholders that can render contextual information. - - - This layout is not meant to be used explicitly. Instead you can just use a string containing layout - renderers everywhere the layout is required. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The layout string to parse. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The layout string to parse. - The NLog factories to use when creating references to layout renderers. - - - - Converts a text to a simple layout. - - Text to be converted. - A object. - - - - Escapes the passed text so that it can - be used literally in all places where - layout is normally expected without being - treated as layout. - - The text to be escaped. - The escaped text. - - Escaping is done by replacing all occurences of - '${' with '${literal:text=${}' - - - - - Evaluates the specified text by expadinging all layout renderers. - - The text to be evaluated. - Log event to be used for evaluation. - The input text with all occurences of ${} replaced with - values provided by the appropriate layout renderers. - - - - Evaluates the specified text by expadinging all layout renderers - in new context. - - The text to be evaluated. - The input text with all occurences of ${} replaced with - values provided by the appropriate layout renderers. - - - - Returns a that represents the current object. - - - A that represents the current object. - - - - - Renders the layout for the specified logging event by invoking layout renderers - that make up the event. - - The logging event. - The rendered layout. - - - - Gets or sets the layout text. - - - - - - Gets a collection of objects that make up this layout. - - - - - Represents the logging event. - - - - - Gets the date of the first log event created. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Log level. - Logger name. - Log message including parameter placeholders. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Log level. - Logger name. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - Log message including parameter placeholders. - Parameter array. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Log level. - Logger name. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - Log message including parameter placeholders. - Parameter array. - Exception information. - - - - Creates the null event. - - Null log event. - - - - Creates the log event. - - The log level. - Name of the logger. - The message. - Instance of . - - - - Creates the log event. - - The log level. - Name of the logger. - The format provider. - The message. - The parameters. - Instance of . - - - - Creates the log event. - - The log level. - Name of the logger. - The format provider. - The message. - Instance of . - - - - Creates the log event. - - The log level. - Name of the logger. - The message. - The exception. - Instance of . - - - - Creates from this by attaching the specified asynchronous continuation. - - The asynchronous continuation. - Instance of with attached continuation. - - - - Returns a string representation of this log event. - - String representation of the log event. - - - - Gets the unique identifier of log event which is automatically generated - and monotonously increasing. - - - - - Gets or sets the timestamp of the logging event. - - - - - Gets or sets the level of the logging event. - - - - - Gets or sets the exception information. - - - - - Gets or sets the logger name. - - - - - Gets the logger short name. - - - - - Gets or sets the log message including any parameter placeholders. - - - - - Gets or sets the parameter values or null if no parameters have been specified. - - - - - Gets or sets the format provider that was provided while logging or - when no formatProvider was specified. - - - - - Gets the formatted message. - - - - - Gets the dictionary of per-event context properties. - - - - - Gets the dictionary of per-event context properties. - - - - - Creates and manages instances of objects. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The config. - - - - Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. - - - - - Creates a logger that discards all log messages. - - Null logger instance. - - - - Gets the specified named logger. - - Name of the logger. - The logger reference. Multiple calls to GetLogger with the same argument aren't guaranteed to return the same logger reference. - - - - Gets the specified named logger. - - Name of the logger. - The type of the logger to create. The type must inherit from NLog.Logger. - The logger reference. Multiple calls to GetLogger with the - same argument aren't guaranteed to return the same logger reference. - - - - Loops through all loggers previously returned by GetLogger - and recalculates their target and filter list. Useful after modifying the configuration programmatically - to ensure that all loggers have been properly configured. - - - - - Flush any pending log messages (in case of asynchronous targets). - - - - - Flush any pending log messages (in case of asynchronous targets). - - Maximum time to allow for the flush. Any messages after that time will be discarded. - - - - Flush any pending log messages (in case of asynchronous targets). - - Maximum time to allow for the flush. Any messages after that time will be discarded. - - - - Flush any pending log messages (in case of asynchronous targets). - - The asynchronous continuation. - - - - Flush any pending log messages (in case of asynchronous targets). - - The asynchronous continuation. - Maximum time to allow for the flush. Any messages after that time will be discarded. - - - - Flush any pending log messages (in case of asynchronous targets). - - The asynchronous continuation. - Maximum time to allow for the flush. Any messages after that time will be discarded. - - - Decreases the log enable counter and if it reaches -1 - the logs are disabled. - Logging is enabled if the number of calls is greater - than or equal to calls. - An object that iplements IDisposable whose Dispose() method - reenables logging. To be used with C# using () statement. - - - Increases the log enable counter and if it reaches 0 the logs are disabled. - Logging is enabled if the number of calls is greater - than or equal to calls. - - - - Returns if logging is currently enabled. - - A value of if logging is currently enabled, - otherwise. - Logging is enabled if the number of calls is greater - than or equal to calls. - - - - Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources. - - True to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. - - - - Occurs when logging changes. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether exceptions should be thrown. - - A value of true if exceptiosn should be thrown; otherwise, false. - By default exceptions - are not thrown under any circumstances. - - - - - Gets or sets the current logging configuration. - - - - - Gets or sets the global log threshold. Log events below this threshold are not logged. - - - - - Logger cache key. - - - - - Serves as a hash function for a particular type. - - - A hash code for the current . - - - - - Determines if two objects are equal in value. - - Other object to compare to. - True if objects are equal, false otherwise. - - - - Enables logging in implementation. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The factory. - - - - Enables logging. - - - - - Specialized LogFactory that can return instances of custom logger types. - - The type of the logger to be returned. Must inherit from . - - - - Gets the logger. - - The logger name. - An instance of . - - - - Provides logging interface and utility functions. - - - Auto-generated Logger members for binary compatibility with NLog 1.0. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether logging is enabled for the specified level. - - Log level to be checked. - A value of if logging is enabled for the specified level, otherwise it returns . - - - - Writes the specified diagnostic message. - - Log event. - - - - Writes the specified diagnostic message. - - The name of the type that wraps Logger. - Log event. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified format provider and format parameters. - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level. - - Type of the value. - The log level. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level. - - Type of the value. - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level. - - The log level. - A function returning message to be written. Function is not evaluated if logging is not enabled. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the specified level. - - The log level. - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified parameters and formatting them with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level. - - The log level. - Log message. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified parameters. - - The log level. - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the argument. - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified parameter. - - The type of the argument. - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified format provider and format parameters. - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level. - - Type of the value. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level. - - Type of the value. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level. - - A function returning message to be written. Function is not evaluated if logging is not enabled. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Trace level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified parameters and formatting them with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level. - - Log message. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified parameter. - - The type of the argument. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified format provider and format parameters. - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level. - - Type of the value. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level. - - Type of the value. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level. - - A function returning message to be written. Function is not evaluated if logging is not enabled. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Debug level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified parameters and formatting them with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level. - - Log message. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified parameter. - - The type of the argument. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified format provider and format parameters. - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level. - - Type of the value. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level. - - Type of the value. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level. - - A function returning message to be written. Function is not evaluated if logging is not enabled. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Info level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified parameters and formatting them with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level. - - Log message. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified parameter. - - The type of the argument. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified format provider and format parameters. - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level. - - Type of the value. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level. - - Type of the value. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level. - - A function returning message to be written. Function is not evaluated if logging is not enabled. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Warn level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified parameters and formatting them with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level. - - Log message. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified parameter. - - The type of the argument. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified format provider and format parameters. - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level. - - Type of the value. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level. - - Type of the value. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level. - - A function returning message to be written. Function is not evaluated if logging is not enabled. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Error level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified parameters and formatting them with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level. - - Log message. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified parameter. - - The type of the argument. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified format provider and format parameters. - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level. - - Type of the value. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level. - - Type of the value. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - The value to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level. - - A function returning message to be written. Function is not evaluated if logging is not enabled. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message and exception at the Fatal level. - - A to be written. - An exception to be logged. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified parameters and formatting them with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level. - - Log message. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - Arguments to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified parameter. - - The type of the argument. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified arguments formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified parameters. - - The type of the first argument. - The type of the second argument. - The type of the third argument. - A containing one format item. - The first argument to format. - The second argument to format. - The third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level. - - The log level. - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified parameters. - - The log level. - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified parameters. - - The log level. - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - Third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - The log level. - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the specified level using the specified value as a parameter. - - The log level. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level. - - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - Third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Trace level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level. - - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - Third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Debug level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level. - - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - Third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Info level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level. - - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - Third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Warn level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level. - - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - Third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Error level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level. - - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A to be written. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified parameters. - - A containing format items. - First argument to format. - Second argument to format. - Third argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter and formatting it with the supplied format provider. - - An IFormatProvider that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Writes the diagnostic message at the Fatal level using the specified value as a parameter. - - A containing one format item. - The argument to format. - - - - Occurs when logger configuration changes. - - - - - Gets the name of the logger. - - - - - Gets the factory that created this logger. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether logging is enabled for the Trace level. - - A value of if logging is enabled for the Trace level, otherwise it returns . - - - - Gets a value indicating whether logging is enabled for the Debug level. - - A value of if logging is enabled for the Debug level, otherwise it returns . - - - - Gets a value indicating whether logging is enabled for the Info level. - - A value of if logging is enabled for the Info level, otherwise it returns . - - - - Gets a value indicating whether logging is enabled for the Warn level. - - A value of if logging is enabled for the Warn level, otherwise it returns . - - - - Gets a value indicating whether logging is enabled for the Error level. - - A value of if logging is enabled for the Error level, otherwise it returns . - - - - Gets a value indicating whether logging is enabled for the Fatal level. - - A value of if logging is enabled for the Fatal level, otherwise it returns . - - - - Implementation of logging engine. - - - - - Gets the filter result. - - The filter chain. - The log event. - The result of the filter. - - - - Defines available log levels. - - - - - Trace log level. - - - - - Debug log level. - - - - - Info log level. - - - - - Warn log level. - - - - - Error log level. - - - - - Fatal log level. - - - - - Off log level. - - - - - Compares two objects - and returns a value indicating whether - the first one is equal to the second one. - - The first level. - The second level. - The value of level1.Ordinal == level2.Ordinal. - - - - Compares two objects - and returns a value indicating whether - the first one is not equal to the second one. - - The first level. - The second level. - The value of level1.Ordinal != level2.Ordinal. - - - - Compares two objects - and returns a value indicating whether - the first one is greater than the second one. - - The first level. - The second level. - The value of level1.Ordinal > level2.Ordinal. - - - - Compares two objects - and returns a value indicating whether - the first one is greater than or equal to the second one. - - The first level. - The second level. - The value of level1.Ordinal >= level2.Ordinal. - - - - Compares two objects - and returns a value indicating whether - the first one is less than the second one. - - The first level. - The second level. - The value of level1.Ordinal < level2.Ordinal. - - - - Compares two objects - and returns a value indicating whether - the first one is less than or equal to the second one. - - The first level. - The second level. - The value of level1.Ordinal <= level2.Ordinal. - - - - Gets the that corresponds to the specified ordinal. - - The ordinal. - The instance. For 0 it returns , 1 gives and so on. - - - - Returns the that corresponds to the supplied . - - The texual representation of the log level. - The enumeration value. - - - - Returns a string representation of the log level. - - Log level name. - - - - Returns a hash code for this instance. - - - A hash code for this instance, suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table. - - - - - Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance. - - The to compare with this instance. - - Value of true if the specified is equal to this instance; otherwise, false. - - - The parameter is null. - - - - - Compares the level to the other object. - - - The object object. - - - A value less than zero when this logger's is - less than the other logger's ordinal, 0 when they are equal and - greater than zero when this ordinal is greater than the - other ordinal. - - - - - Gets the name of the log level. - - - - - Gets the ordinal of the log level. - - - - - Creates and manages instances of objects. - - - - - Prevents a default instance of the LogManager class from being created. - - - - - Creates a logger that discards all log messages. - - Null logger which discards all log messages. - - - - Gets the specified named logger. - - Name of the logger. - The logger reference. Multiple calls to GetLogger with the same argument aren't guaranteed to return the same logger reference. - - - - Gets the specified named logger. - - Name of the logger. - The logger class. The class must inherit from . - The logger reference. Multiple calls to GetLogger with the same argument aren't guaranteed to return the same logger reference. - - - - Loops through all loggers previously returned by GetLogger. - and recalculates their target and filter list. Useful after modifying the configuration programmatically - to ensure that all loggers have been properly configured. - - - - - Flush any pending log messages (in case of asynchronous targets). - - - - - Flush any pending log messages (in case of asynchronous targets). - - Maximum time to allow for the flush. Any messages after that time will be discarded. - - - - Flush any pending log messages (in case of asynchronous targets). - - Maximum time to allow for the flush. Any messages after that time will be discarded. - - - - Flush any pending log messages (in case of asynchronous targets). - - The asynchronous continuation. - - - - Flush any pending log messages (in case of asynchronous targets). - - The asynchronous continuation. - Maximum time to allow for the flush. Any messages after that time will be discarded. - - - - Flush any pending log messages (in case of asynchronous targets). - - The asynchronous continuation. - Maximum time to allow for the flush. Any messages after that time will be discarded. - - - Decreases the log enable counter and if it reaches -1 - the logs are disabled. - Logging is enabled if the number of calls is greater - than or equal to calls. - An object that iplements IDisposable whose Dispose() method - reenables logging. To be used with C# using () statement. - - - Increases the log enable counter and if it reaches 0 the logs are disabled. - Logging is enabled if the number of calls is greater - than or equal to calls. - - - - Returns if logging is currently enabled. - - A value of if logging is currently enabled, - otherwise. - Logging is enabled if the number of calls is greater - than or equal to calls. - - - - Occurs when logging changes. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether NLog should throw exceptions. - By default exceptions are not thrown under any circumstances. - - - - - Gets or sets the current logging configuration. - - - - - Gets or sets the global log threshold. Log events below this threshold are not logged. - - - - - Returns a log message. Used to defer calculation of - the log message until it's actually needed. - - Log message. - - - - Service contract for Log Receiver client. - - - - - Begins processing of log messages. - - The events. - The callback. - Asynchronous state. - - IAsyncResult value which can be passed to . - - - - - Ends asynchronous processing of log messages. - - The result. - - - - Internal configuration of Log Receiver Service contracts. - - - - - Wire format for NLog Event. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Converts the to . - - The object this is part of.. - The logger name prefix to prepend in front of the logger name. - Converted . - - - - Gets or sets the client-generated identifier of the event. - - - - - Gets or sets the ordinal of the log level. - - - - - Gets or sets the logger ordinal (index into . - - The logger ordinal. - - - - Gets or sets the time delta (in ticks) between the time of the event and base time. - - - - - Gets or sets the message string index. - - - - - Gets or sets the collection of layout values. - - - - - Gets the collection of indexes into array for each layout value. - - - - - Wire format for NLog event package. - - - - - Converts the events to sequence of objects suitable for routing through NLog. - - The logger name prefix to prepend in front of each logger name. - - Sequence of objects. - - - - - Converts the events to sequence of objects suitable for routing through NLog. - - - Sequence of objects. - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the client. - - The name of the client. - - - - Gets or sets the base time (UTC ticks) for all events in the package. - - The base time UTC. - - - - Gets or sets the collection of layout names which are shared among all events. - - The layout names. - - - - Gets or sets the collection of logger names. - - The logger names. - - - - Gets or sets the list of events. - - The events. - - - - Log Receiver Client using legacy SOAP client. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The service URL. - - - - Processes the log messages. - - The events. - - - - Begins processing of log messages. - - The events. - The callback. - Asynchronous state. - - IAsyncResult value which can be passed to . - - - - - Ends asynchronous processing of log messages. - - The result. - - - - List of strings annotated for more terse serialization. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Mapped Diagnostics Context - a thread-local structure that keeps a dictionary - of strings and provides methods to output them in layouts. - Mostly for compatibility with log4net. - - - - - Sets the current thread MDC item to the specified value. - - Item name. - Item value. - - - - Gets the current thread MDC named item. - - Item name. - The item value of String.Empty if the value is not present. - - - - Checks whether the specified item exists in current thread MDC. - - Item name. - A boolean indicating whether the specified item exists in current thread MDC. - - - - Removes the specified item from current thread MDC. - - Item name. - - - - Clears the content of current thread MDC. - - - - - Mapped Diagnostics Context - used for log4net compatibility. - - - - - Sets the current thread MDC item to the specified value. - - Item name. - Item value. - - - - Gets the current thread MDC named item. - - Item name. - The item value of String.Empty if the value is not present. - - - - Checks whether the specified item exists in current thread MDC. - - Item name. - A boolean indicating whether the specified item exists in current thread MDC. - - - - Removes the specified item from current thread MDC. - - Item name. - - - - Clears the content of current thread MDC. - - - - - Nested Diagnostics Context - for log4net compatibility. - - - - - Pushes the specified text on current thread NDC. - - The text to be pushed. - An instance of the object that implements IDisposable that returns the stack to the previous level when IDisposable.Dispose() is called. To be used with C# using() statement. - - - - Pops the top message off the NDC stack. - - The top message which is no longer on the stack. - - - - Clears current thread NDC stack. - - - - - Gets all messages on the stack. - - Array of strings on the stack. - - - - Gets the top NDC message but doesn't remove it. - - The top message. . - - - - Nested Diagnostics Context - a thread-local structure that keeps a stack - of strings and provides methods to output them in layouts - Mostly for compatibility with log4net. - - - - - Pushes the specified text on current thread NDC. - - The text to be pushed. - An instance of the object that implements IDisposable that returns the stack to the previous level when IDisposable.Dispose() is called. To be used with C# using() statement. - - - - Pops the top message off the NDC stack. - - The top message which is no longer on the stack. - - - - Clears current thread NDC stack. - - - - - Gets all messages on the stack. - - Array of strings on the stack. - - - - Gets the top NDC message but doesn't remove it. - - The top message. . - - - - Resets the stack to the original count during . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The stack. - The previous count. - - - - Reverts the stack to original item count. - - - - - Exception thrown during NLog configuration. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message. - The inner exception. - - - - Exception thrown during log event processing. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The message. - The inner exception. - - - - TraceListener which routes all messages through NLog. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - When overridden in a derived class, writes the specified message to the listener you create in the derived class. - - A message to write. - - - - When overridden in a derived class, writes a message to the listener you create in the derived class, followed by a line terminator. - - A message to write. - - - - When overridden in a derived class, closes the output stream so it no longer receives tracing or debugging output. - - - - - Emits an error message. - - A message to emit. - - - - Emits an error message and a detailed error message. - - A message to emit. - A detailed message to emit. - - - - Flushes the output buffer. - - - - - Gets or sets the log factory to use when outputting messages (null - use LogManager). - - - - - Gets or sets the default log level. - - - - - Gets or sets the log which should be always used regardless of source level. - - - - - Specifies the way archive numbering is performed. - - - - - Sequence style numbering. The most recent archive has the highest number. - - - - - Rolling style numbering (the most recent is always #0 then #1, ..., #N. - - - - - Sends log messages to the remote instance of Chainsaw application from log4j. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- This assumes just one target and a single rule. More configuration - options are described here. -

-

- To set up the log target programmatically use code like this: -

- -

- NOTE: If your receiver application is ever likely to be off-line, don't use TCP protocol - or you'll get TCP timeouts and your application will crawl. - Either switch to UDP transport or use AsyncWrapper target - so that your application threads will not be blocked by the timing-out connection attempts. -

-
-
- - - Sends log messages to the remote instance of NLog Viewer. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- This assumes just one target and a single rule. More configuration - options are described here. -

-

- To set up the log target programmatically use code like this: -

- -

- NOTE: If your receiver application is ever likely to be off-line, don't use TCP protocol - or you'll get TCP timeouts and your application will crawl. - Either switch to UDP transport or use AsyncWrapper target - so that your application threads will not be blocked by the timing-out connection attempts. -

-
-
- - - Sends log messages over the network. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- This assumes just one target and a single rule. More configuration - options are described here. -

-

- To set up the log target programmatically use code like this: -

- -

- To print the results, use any application that's able to receive messages over - TCP or UDP. NetCat is - a simple but very powerful command-line tool that can be used for that. This image - demonstrates the NetCat tool receiving log messages from Network target. -

- -

- NOTE: If your receiver application is ever likely to be off-line, don't use TCP protocol - or you'll get TCP timeouts and your application will crawl. - Either switch to UDP transport or use AsyncWrapper target - so that your application threads will not be blocked by the timing-out connection attempts. -

-

- There are two specialized versions of the Network target: Chainsaw - and NLogViewer which write to instances of Chainsaw log4j viewer - or NLogViewer application respectively. -

-
-
- - - Represents target that supports string formatting using layouts. - - - - - Represents logging target. - - - - - Initializes this instance. - - The configuration. - - - - Closes this instance. - - - - - Closes the target. - - - - - Flush any pending log messages (in case of asynchronous targets). - - The asynchronous continuation. - - - - Calls the on each volatile layout - used by this target. - - - The log event. - - - - - Returns a that represents this instance. - - - A that represents this instance. - - - - - Writes the log to the target. - - Log event to write. - - - - Writes the array of log events. - - The log events. - - - - Initializes this instance. - - The configuration. - - - - Closes this instance. - - - - - Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources. - - True to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. - - - - Initializes the target. Can be used by inheriting classes - to initialize logging. - - - - - Closes the target and releases any unmanaged resources. - - - - - Flush any pending log messages asynchronously (in case of asynchronous targets). - - The asynchronous continuation. - - - - Writes logging event to the log target. - classes. - - - Logging event to be written out. - - - - - Writes log event to the log target. Must be overridden in inheriting - classes. - - Log event to be written out. - - - - Writes an array of logging events to the log target. By default it iterates on all - events and passes them to "Write" method. Inheriting classes can use this method to - optimize batch writes. - - Logging events to be written out. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the target. - - - - - - Gets the object which can be used to synchronize asynchronous operations that must rely on the . - - - - - Gets the logging configuration this target is part of. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the target has been initialized. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - - - - Gets or sets the layout used to format log messages. - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - - - - Flush any pending log messages asynchronously (in case of asynchronous targets). - - The asynchronous continuation. - - - - Closes the target. - - - - - Sends the - rendered logging event over the network optionally concatenating it with a newline character. - - The logging event. - - - - Gets the bytes to be written. - - Log event. - Byte array. - - - - Gets or sets the network address. - - - The network address can be: -
    -
  • tcp://host:port - TCP (auto select IPv4/IPv6)
  • -
  • tcp4://host:port - force TCP/IPv4
  • -
  • tcp6://host:port - force TCP/IPv6
  • -
  • udp://host:port - UDP (auto select IPv4/IPv6, not supported on Silverlight)
  • -
  • udp4://host:port - force UDP/IPv4 (not supported on Silverlight)
  • -
  • udp6://host:port - force UDP/IPv6 (not supported on Silverlight)
  • -
- For HTTP Support use WebService target. -
- -
- - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to keep connection open whenever possible. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to append newline at the end of log message. - - - - - - Gets or sets the maximum message size in bytes. - - - - - - Gets or sets the size of the connection cache (number of connections which are kept alive). - - - - - - Gets or sets the action that should be taken if the message is larger than - maxMessageSize. - - - - - - Gets or sets the encoding to be used. - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include NLog-specific extensions to log4j schema. - - - - - - Gets or sets the AppInfo field. By default it's the friendly name of the current AppDomain. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include dictionary contents. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include stack contents. - - - - - - Gets the collection of parameters. Each parameter contains a mapping - between NLog layout and a named parameter. - - - - - - Gets the layout renderer which produces Log4j-compatible XML events. - - - - - Gets or sets the instance of that is used to format log messages. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Writes log messages to the console. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- This assumes just one target and a single rule. More configuration - options are described here. -

-

- To set up the log target programmatically use code like this: -

- -
-
- - - Represents target that supports string formatting using layouts. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - - - - Gets or sets the text to be rendered. - - - - - - Gets or sets the footer. - - - - - - Gets or sets the header. - - - - - - Gets or sets the layout with header and footer. - - The layout with header and footer. - - - - Initializes the target. - - - - - Closes the target and releases any unmanaged resources. - - - - - Writes the specified logging event to the Console.Out or - Console.Error depending on the value of the Error flag. - - The logging event. - - Note that the Error option is not supported on .NET Compact Framework. - - - - - Information about database command + parameters. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets the type of the command. - - The type of the command. - - - - - Gets or sets the connection string to run the command against. If not provided, connection string from the target is used. - - - - - - Gets or sets the command text. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to ignore failures. - - - - - - Gets the collection of parameters. Each parameter contains a mapping - between NLog layout and a database named or positional parameter. - - - - - - Represents a parameter to a Database target. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the parameter. - The parameter layout. - - - - Gets or sets the database parameter name. - - - - - - Gets or sets the layout that should be use to calcuate the value for the parameter. - - - - - - Gets or sets the database parameter size. - - - - - - Gets or sets the database parameter precision. - - - - - - Gets or sets the database parameter scale. - - - - - - Writes log messages to the database using an ADO.NET provider. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - - - The configuration is dependent on the database type, because - there are differnet methods of specifying connection string, SQL - command and command parameters. - - MS SQL Server using System.Data.SqlClient: - - Oracle using System.Data.OracleClient: - - Oracle using System.Data.OleDBClient: - - To set up the log target programmatically use code like this (an equivalent of MSSQL configuration): - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Performs installation which requires administrative permissions. - - The installation context. - - - - Performs uninstallation which requires administrative permissions. - - The installation context. - - - - Determines whether the item is installed. - - The installation context. - - Value indicating whether the item is installed or null if it is not possible to determine. - - - - - Initializes the target. Can be used by inheriting classes - to initialize logging. - - - - - Closes the target and releases any unmanaged resources. - - - - - Writes the specified logging event to the database. It creates - a new database command, prepares parameters for it by calculating - layouts and executes the command. - - The logging event. - - - - Writes an array of logging events to the log target. By default it iterates on all - events and passes them to "Write" method. Inheriting classes can use this method to - optimize batch writes. - - Logging events to be written out. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the database provider. - - - - The parameter name should be a provider invariant name as registered in machine.config or app.config. Common values are: - -
    -
  • System.Data.SqlClient - SQL Sever Client
  • -
  • System.Data.SqlServerCe.3.5 - SQL Sever Compact 3.5
  • -
  • System.Data.OracleClient - Oracle Client from Microsoft (deprecated in .NET Framework 4)
  • -
  • Oracle.DataAccess.Client - ODP.NET provider from Oracle
  • -
  • System.Data.SQLite - System.Data.SQLite driver for SQLite
  • -
  • Npgsql - Npgsql driver for PostgreSQL
  • -
  • MySql.Data.MySqlClient - MySQL Connector/Net
  • -
- (Note that provider invariant names are not supported on .NET Compact Framework). - - Alternatively the parameter value can be be a fully qualified name of the provider - connection type (class implementing ) or one of the following tokens: - -
    -
  • sqlserver, mssql, microsoft or msde - SQL Server Data Provider
  • -
  • oledb - OLEDB Data Provider
  • -
  • odbc - ODBC Data Provider
  • -
-
- -
- - - Gets or sets the connection string. When provided, it overrides the values - specified in DBHost, DBUserName, DBPassword, DBDatabase. - - - - - - Gets or sets the connection string using for installation and uninstallation. If not provided, regular ConnectionString is being used. - - - - - - Gets the installation DDL commands. - - - - - - Gets the uninstallation DDL commands. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to keep the - database connection open between the log events. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use database transactions. - Some data providers require this. - - - - - - Gets or sets the database host name. If the ConnectionString is not provided - this value will be used to construct the "Server=" part of the - connection string. - - - - - - Gets or sets the database user name. If the ConnectionString is not provided - this value will be used to construct the "User ID=" part of the - connection string. - - - - - - Gets or sets the database password. If the ConnectionString is not provided - this value will be used to construct the "Password=" part of the - connection string. - - - - - - Gets or sets the database name. If the ConnectionString is not provided - this value will be used to construct the "Database=" part of the - connection string. - - - - - - Gets or sets the text of the SQL command to be run on each log level. - - - Typically this is a SQL INSERT statement or a stored procedure call. - It should use the database-specific parameters (marked as @parameter - for SQL server or :parameter for Oracle, other data providers - have their own notation) and not the layout renderers, - because the latter is prone to SQL injection attacks. - The layout renderers should be specified as <parameter /> elements instead. - - - - - - Gets the collection of parameters. Each parameter contains a mapping - between NLog layout and a database named or positional parameter. - - - - - - Mock target - useful for testing. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- This assumes just one target and a single rule. More configuration - options are described here. -

-

- To set up the log target programmatically use code like this: -

- -
-
- - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - - - - Increases the number of messages. - - The logging event. - - - - Gets the number of times this target has been called. - - - - - - Gets the last message rendered by this target. - - - - - - Modes of archiving files based on time. - - - - - Don't archive based on time. - - - - - Archive every year. - - - - - Archive every month. - - - - - Archive daily. - - - - - Archive every hour. - - - - - Archive every minute. - - - - - Writes log messages to one or more files. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - - - - Removes records of initialized files that have not been - accessed in the last two days. - - - Files are marked 'initialized' for the purpose of writing footers when the logging finishes. - - - - - Removes records of initialized files that have not been - accessed after the specified date. - - The cleanup threshold. - - Files are marked 'initialized' for the purpose of writing footers when the logging finishes. - - - - - Flushes all pending file operations. - - The asynchronous continuation. - - The timeout parameter is ignored, because file APIs don't provide - the needed functionality. - - - - - Initializes file logging by creating data structures that - enable efficient multi-file logging. - - - - - Closes the file(s) opened for writing. - - - - - Writes the specified logging event to a file specified in the FileName - parameter. - - The logging event. - - - - Writes the specified array of logging events to a file specified in the FileName - parameter. - - An array of objects. - - This function makes use of the fact that the events are batched by sorting - the requests by filename. This optimizes the number of open/close calls - and can help improve performance. - - - - - Formats the log event for write. - - The log event to be formatted. - A string representation of the log event. - - - - Gets the bytes to be written to the file. - - Log event. - Array of bytes that are ready to be written. - - - - Modifies the specified byte array before it gets sent to a file. - - The byte array. - The modified byte array. The function can do the modification in-place. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the file to write to. - - - This FileName string is a layout which may include instances of layout renderers. - This lets you use a single target to write to multiple files. - - - The following value makes NLog write logging events to files based on the log level in the directory where - the application runs. - ${basedir}/${level}.log - All Debug messages will go to Debug.log, all Info messages will go to Info.log and so on. - You can combine as many of the layout renderers as you want to produce an arbitrary log file name. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to create directories if they don't exist. - - - Setting this to false may improve performance a bit, but you'll receive an error - when attempting to write to a directory that's not present. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to delete old log file on startup. - - - This option works only when the "FileName" parameter denotes a single file. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to replace file contents on each write instead of appending log message at the end. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to keep log file open instead of opening and closing it on each logging event. - - - Setting this property to True helps improve performance. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to enable log file(s) to be deleted. - - - - - - Gets or sets the line ending mode. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to automatically flush the file buffers after each log message. - - - - - - Gets or sets the number of files to be kept open. Setting this to a higher value may improve performance - in a situation where a single File target is writing to many files - (such as splitting by level or by logger). - - - The files are managed on a LRU (least recently used) basis, which flushes - the files that have not been used for the longest period of time should the - cache become full. As a rule of thumb, you shouldn't set this parameter to - a very high value. A number like 10-15 shouldn't be exceeded, because you'd - be keeping a large number of files open which consumes system resources. - - - - - - Gets or sets the maximum number of seconds that files are kept open. If this number is negative the files are - not automatically closed after a period of inactivity. - - - - - - Gets or sets the log file buffer size in bytes. - - - - - - Gets or sets the file encoding. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether concurrent writes to the log file by multiple processes on the same host. - - - This makes multi-process logging possible. NLog uses a special technique - that lets it keep the files open for writing. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether concurrent writes to the log file by multiple processes on different network hosts. - - - This effectively prevents files from being kept open. - - - - - - Gets or sets the number of times the write is appended on the file before NLog - discards the log message. - - - - - - Gets or sets the delay in milliseconds to wait before attempting to write to the file again. - - - The actual delay is a random value between 0 and the value specified - in this parameter. On each failed attempt the delay base is doubled - up to times. - - - Assuming that ConcurrentWriteAttemptDelay is 10 the time to wait will be:

- a random value between 0 and 10 milliseconds - 1st attempt
- a random value between 0 and 20 milliseconds - 2nd attempt
- a random value between 0 and 40 milliseconds - 3rd attempt
- a random value between 0 and 80 milliseconds - 4th attempt
- ...

- and so on. - - - - -

- Gets or sets the size in bytes above which log files will be automatically archived. - - - Caution: Enabling this option can considerably slow down your file - logging in multi-process scenarios. If only one process is going to - be writing to the file, consider setting ConcurrentWrites - to false for maximum performance. - - -
- - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to automatically archive log files every time the specified time passes. - - - Files are moved to the archive as part of the write operation if the current period of time changes. For example - if the current hour changes from 10 to 11, the first write that will occur - on or after 11:00 will trigger the archiving. -

- Caution: Enabling this option can considerably slow down your file - logging in multi-process scenarios. If only one process is going to - be writing to the file, consider setting ConcurrentWrites - to false for maximum performance. -

-
- -
- - - Gets or sets the name of the file to be used for an archive. - - - It may contain a special placeholder {#####} - that will be replaced with a sequence of numbers depending on - the archiving strategy. The number of hash characters used determines - the number of numerical digits to be used for numbering files. - - - - - - Gets or sets the maximum number of archive files that should be kept. - - - - - - Gets or sets the way file archives are numbered. - - - - - - Gets the characters that are appended after each line. - - - - - Line ending mode. - - - - - Insert platform-dependent end-of-line sequence after each line. - - - - - Insert CR LF sequence (ASCII 13, ASCII 10) after each line. - - - - - Insert CR character (ASCII 13) after each line. - - - - - Insert LF character (ASCII 10) after each line. - - - - - Don't insert any line ending. - - - - - Sends log messages to a NLog Receiver Service (using WCF or Web Services). - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Writes logging event to the log target. Must be overridden in inheriting - classes. - - Logging event to be written out. - - - - Writes an array of logging events to the log target. By default it iterates on all - events and passes them to "Append" method. Inheriting classes can use this method to - optimize batch writes. - - Logging events to be written out. - - - - Gets or sets the endpoint address. - - The endpoint address. - - - - - Gets or sets the client ID. - - The client ID. - - - - - Gets the list of parameters. - - The parameters. - - - - - Writes log messages to an ArrayList in memory for programmatic retrieval. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- This assumes just one target and a single rule. More configuration - options are described here. -

-

- To set up the log target programmatically use code like this: -

- -
-
- - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - - - - Renders the logging event message and adds it to the internal ArrayList of log messages. - - The logging event. - - - - Gets the list of logs gathered in the . - - - - - Pops up log messages as message boxes. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- This assumes just one target and a single rule. More configuration - options are described here. -

-

- The result is a message box: -

- -

- To set up the log target programmatically use code like this: -

- -
-
- - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - - - - Displays the message box with the log message and caption specified in the Caption - parameter. - - The logging event. - - - - Displays the message box with the array of rendered logs messages and caption specified in the Caption - parameter. - - The array of logging events. - - - - Gets or sets the message box title. - - - - - - A parameter to MethodCall. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The layout to use for parameter value. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the parameter. - The layout. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The name of the parameter. - The layout. - The type of the parameter. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the parameter. - - - - - - Gets or sets the type of the parameter. - - - - - - Gets or sets the layout that should be use to calcuate the value for the parameter. - - - - - - Calls the specified static method on each log message and passes contextual parameters to it. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- This assumes just one target and a single rule. More configuration - options are described here. -

-

- To set up the log target programmatically use code like this: -

- -
-
- - - The base class for all targets which call methods (local or remote). - Manages parameters and type coercion. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Prepares an array of parameters to be passed based on the logging event and calls DoInvoke(). - - - The logging event. - - - - - Calls the target method. Must be implemented in concrete classes. - - Method call parameters. - - - - Gets the array of parameters to be passed. - - - - - - Initializes the target. - - - - - Calls the specified Method. - - Method parameters. - - - - Gets or sets the class name. - - - - - - Gets or sets the method name. The method must be public and static. - - - - - - Action that should be taken if the message overflows. - - - - - Report an error. - - - - - Split the message into smaller pieces. - - - - - Discard the entire message. - - - - - Represents a parameter to a NLogViewer target. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Gets or sets viewer parameter name. - - - - - - Gets or sets the layout that should be use to calcuate the value for the parameter. - - - - - - Discards log messages. Used mainly for debugging and benchmarking. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- This assumes just one target and a single rule. More configuration - options are described here. -

-

- To set up the log target programmatically use code like this: -

- -
-
- - - Does nothing. Optionally it calculates the layout text but - discards the results. - - The logging event. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to perform layout calculation. - - - - - - Marks class as a logging target and assigns a name to it. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the target. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to the target is a wrapper target (used to generate the target summary documentation page). - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to the target is a compound target (used to generate the target summary documentation page). - - - - - Web service protocol. - - - - - Use SOAP 1.1 Protocol. - - - - - Use SOAP 1.2 Protocol. - - - - - Use HTTP POST Protocol. - - - - - Use HTTP GET Protocol. - - - - - Calls the specified web service on each log message. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - - The web service must implement a method that accepts a number of string parameters. - - -

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- This assumes just one target and a single rule. More configuration - options are described here. -

-

- To set up the log target programmatically use code like this: -

- -

The example web service that works with this example is shown below

- -
-
- - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Invokes the web service method. - - Parameters to be passed. - - - - Gets or sets the web service URL. - - - - - - Gets or sets the Web service method name. - - - - - - Gets or sets the Web service namespace. - - - - - - Gets or sets the protocol to be used when calling web service. - - - - - - Asynchronous request queue. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the AsyncRequestQueue class. - - Request limit. - The overflow action. - - - - Enqueues another item. If the queue is overflown the appropriate - action is taken as specified by . - - The log event info. - - - - Dequeues a maximum of count items from the queue - and adds returns the list containing them. - - Maximum number of items to be dequeued. - The array of log events. - - - - Clears the queue. - - - - - Gets or sets the request limit. - - - - - Gets or sets the action to be taken when there's no more room in - the queue and another request is enqueued. - - - - - Gets the number of requests currently in the queue. - - - - - Provides asynchronous, buffered execution of target writes. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

- Asynchronous target wrapper allows the logger code to execute more quickly, by queueing - messages and processing them in a separate thread. You should wrap targets - that spend a non-trivial amount of time in their Write() method with asynchronous - target to speed up logging. -

-

- Because asynchronous logging is quite a common scenario, NLog supports a - shorthand notation for wrapping all targets with AsyncWrapper. Just add async="true" to - the <targets/> element in the configuration file. -

- - - ... your targets go here ... - - ]]> -
- -

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- The above examples assume just one target and a single rule. See below for - a programmatic configuration that's equivalent to the above config file: -

- -
-
- - - Base class for targets wrap other (single) targets. - - - - - Returns the text representation of the object. Used for diagnostics. - - A string that describes the target. - - - - Flush any pending log messages (in case of asynchronous targets). - - The asynchronous continuation. - - - - Writes logging event to the log target. Must be overridden in inheriting - classes. - - Logging event to be written out. - - - - Gets or sets the target that is wrapped by this target. - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The wrapped target. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The wrapped target. - Maximum number of requests in the queue. - The action to be taken when the queue overflows. - - - - Waits for the lazy writer thread to finish writing messages. - - The asynchronous continuation. - - - - Initializes the target by starting the lazy writer timer. - - - - - Shuts down the lazy writer timer. - - - - - Starts the lazy writer thread which periodically writes - queued log messages. - - - - - Starts the lazy writer thread. - - - - - Adds the log event to asynchronous queue to be processed by - the lazy writer thread. - - The log event. - - The is called - to ensure that the log event can be processed in another thread. - - - - - Gets or sets the number of log events that should be processed in a batch - by the lazy writer thread. - - - - - - Gets or sets the time in milliseconds to sleep between batches. - - - - - - Gets or sets the action to be taken when the lazy writer thread request queue count - exceeds the set limit. - - - - - - Gets or sets the limit on the number of requests in the lazy writer thread request queue. - - - - - - Gets the queue of lazy writer thread requests. - - - - - The action to be taken when the queue overflows. - - - - - Grow the queue. - - - - - Discard the overflowing item. - - - - - Causes a flush after each write on a wrapped target. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- The above examples assume just one target and a single rule. See below for - a programmatic configuration that's equivalent to the above config file: -

- -
-
- - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default value of the layout is: ${longdate}|${level:uppercase=true}|${logger}|${message} - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The wrapped target. - - - - Forwards the call to the .Write() - and calls on it. - - Logging event to be written out. - - - - A target that buffers log events and sends them in batches to the wrapped target. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The wrapped target. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The wrapped target. - Size of the buffer. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The wrapped target. - Size of the buffer. - The flush timeout. - - - - Flushes pending events in the buffer (if any). - - The asynchronous continuation. - - - - Initializes the target. - - - - - Closes the target by flushing pending events in the buffer (if any). - - - - - Adds the specified log event to the buffer and flushes - the buffer in case the buffer gets full. - - The log event. - - - - Gets or sets the number of log events to be buffered. - - - - - - Gets or sets the timeout (in milliseconds) after which the contents of buffer will be flushed - if there's no write in the specified period of time. Use -1 to disable timed flushes. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use sliding timeout. - - - This value determines how the inactivity period is determined. If sliding timeout is enabled, - the inactivity timer is reset after each write, if it is disabled - inactivity timer will - count from the first event written to the buffer. - - - - - - A base class for targets which wrap other (multiple) targets - and provide various forms of target routing. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The targets. - - - - Returns the text representation of the object. Used for diagnostics. - - A string that describes the target. - - - - Writes logging event to the log target. - - Logging event to be written out. - - - - Flush any pending log messages for all wrapped targets. - - The asynchronous continuation. - - - - Gets the collection of targets managed by this compound target. - - - - - Provides fallback-on-error. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

This example causes the messages to be written to server1, - and if it fails, messages go to server2.

-

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- The above examples assume just one target and a single rule. See below for - a programmatic configuration that's equivalent to the above config file: -

- -
-
- - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The targets. - - - - Forwards the log event to the sub-targets until one of them succeeds. - - The log event. - - The method remembers the last-known-successful target - and starts the iteration from it. - If is set, the method - resets the target to the first target - stored in . - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to return to the first target after any successful write. - - - - - - Filtering rule for . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the FilteringRule class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the FilteringRule class. - - Condition to be tested against all events. - Filter to apply to all log events when the first condition matches any of them. - - - - Gets or sets the condition to be tested. - - - - - - Gets or sets the resulting filter to be applied when the condition matches. - - - - - - Filters log entries based on a condition. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

This example causes the messages not contains the string '1' to be ignored.

-

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- The above examples assume just one target and a single rule. See below for - a programmatic configuration that's equivalent to the above config file: -

- -
-
- - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The wrapped target. - The condition. - - - - Checks the condition against the passed log event. - If the condition is met, the log event is forwarded to - the wrapped target. - - Log event. - - - - Gets or sets the condition expression. Log events who meet this condition will be forwarded - to the wrapped target. - - - - - - Logon provider. - - - - - Use the standard logon provider for the system. - - - The default security provider is negotiate, unless you pass NULL for the domain name and the user name - is not in UPN format. In this case, the default provider is NTLM. - NOTE: Windows 2000/NT: The default security provider is NTLM. - - - - - Filters buffered log entries based on a set of conditions that are evaluated on a group of events. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - - PostFilteringWrapper must be used with some type of buffering target or wrapper, such as - AsyncTargetWrapper, BufferingWrapper or ASPNetBufferingWrapper. - - -

- This example works like this. If there are no Warn,Error or Fatal messages in the buffer - only Info messages are written to the file, but if there are any warnings or errors, - the output includes detailed trace (levels >= Debug). You can plug in a different type - of buffering wrapper (such as ASPNetBufferingWrapper) to achieve different - functionality. -

-

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- The above examples assume just one target and a single rule. See below for - a programmatic configuration that's equivalent to the above config file: -

- -
-
- - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Evaluates all filtering rules to find the first one that matches. - The matching rule determines the filtering condition to be applied - to all items in a buffer. If no condition matches, default filter - is applied to the array of log events. - - Array of log events to be post-filtered. - - - - Gets or sets the default filter to be applied when no specific rule matches. - - - - - - Gets the collection of filtering rules. The rules are processed top-down - and the first rule that matches determines the filtering condition to - be applied to log events. - - - - - - Sends log messages to a randomly selected target. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

This example causes the messages to be written to either file1.txt or file2.txt - chosen randomly on a per-message basis. -

-

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- The above examples assume just one target and a single rule. See below for - a programmatic configuration that's equivalent to the above config file: -

- -
-
- - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The targets. - - - - Forwards the log event to one of the sub-targets. - The sub-target is randomly chosen. - - The log event. - - - - Repeats each log event the specified number of times. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

This example causes each log message to be repeated 3 times.

-

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- The above examples assume just one target and a single rule. See below for - a programmatic configuration that's equivalent to the above config file: -

- -
-
- - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The wrapped target. - The repeat count. - - - - Forwards the log message to the by calling the method times. - - The log event. - - - - Gets or sets the number of times to repeat each log message. - - - - - - Retries in case of write error. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

This example causes each write attempt to be repeated 3 times, - sleeping 1 second between attempts if first one fails.

-

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- The above examples assume just one target and a single rule. See below for - a programmatic configuration that's equivalent to the above config file: -

- -
-
- - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The wrapped target. - The retry count. - The retry delay milliseconds. - - - - Writes the specified log event to the wrapped target, retrying and pausing in case of an error. - - The log event. - - - - Gets or sets the number of retries that should be attempted on the wrapped target in case of a failure. - - - - - - Gets or sets the time to wait between retries in milliseconds. - - - - - - Distributes log events to targets in a round-robin fashion. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

This example causes the messages to be written to either file1.txt or file2.txt. - Each odd message is written to file2.txt, each even message goes to file1.txt. -

-

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- The above examples assume just one target and a single rule. See below for - a programmatic configuration that's equivalent to the above config file: -

- -
-
- - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The targets. - - - - Forwards the write to one of the targets from - the collection. - - The log event. - - The writes are routed in a round-robin fashion. - The first log event goes to the first target, the second - one goes to the second target and so on looping to the - first target when there are no more targets available. - In general request N goes to Targets[N % Targets.Count]. - - - - - Impersonation level. - - - - - Anonymous Level. - - - - - Identification Level. - - - - - Impersonation Level. - - - - - Delegation Level. - - - - - Logon type. - - - - - Interactive Logon. - - - This logon type is intended for users who will be interactively using the computer, such as a user being logged on - by a terminal server, remote shell, or similar process. - This logon type has the additional expense of caching logon information for disconnected operations; - therefore, it is inappropriate for some client/server applications, - such as a mail server. - - - - - Network Logon. - - - This logon type is intended for high performance servers to authenticate plaintext passwords. - The LogonUser function does not cache credentials for this logon type. - - - - - Batch Logon. - - - This logon type is intended for batch servers, where processes may be executing on behalf of a user without - their direct intervention. This type is also for higher performance servers that process many plaintext - authentication attempts at a time, such as mail or Web servers. - The LogonUser function does not cache credentials for this logon type. - - - - - Logon as a Service. - - - Indicates a service-type logon. The account provided must have the service privilege enabled. - - - - - Network Clear Text Logon. - - - This logon type preserves the name and password in the authentication package, which allows the server to make - connections to other network servers while impersonating the client. A server can accept plaintext credentials - from a client, call LogonUser, verify that the user can access the system across the network, and still - communicate with other servers. - NOTE: Windows NT: This value is not supported. - - - - - New Network Credentials. - - - This logon type allows the caller to clone its current token and specify new credentials for outbound connections. - The new logon session has the same local identifier but uses different credentials for other network connections. - NOTE: This logon type is supported only by the LOGON32_PROVIDER_WINNT50 logon provider. - NOTE: Windows NT: This value is not supported. - - - - - Writes log events to all targets. - - Documentation on NLog Wiki - -

This example causes the messages to be written to both file1.txt or file2.txt -

-

- To set up the target in the configuration file, - use the following syntax: -

- -

- The above examples assume just one target and a single rule. See below for - a programmatic configuration that's equivalent to the above config file: -

- -
-
- - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The targets. - - - - Forwards the specified log event to all sub-targets. - - The log event. - - - - Writes an array of logging events to the log target. By default it iterates on all - events and passes them to "Write" method. Inheriting classes can use this method to - optimize batch writes. - - Logging events to be written out. - -
-
diff --git a/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/Ninject.Web.Mvc.dll b/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/Ninject.Web.Mvc.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 3cb775640..000000000 Binary files a/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/Ninject.Web.Mvc.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/Ninject.Web.Mvc.pdb b/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/Ninject.Web.Mvc.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index f704e894a..000000000 Binary files a/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/Ninject.Web.Mvc.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/Ninject.dll b/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/Ninject.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 35fdfc41b..000000000 Binary files a/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/Ninject.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/Ninject.xml b/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/Ninject.xml deleted file mode 100644 index d9cf2f22a..000000000 --- a/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/Ninject.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4026 +0,0 @@ - - - - Ninject - - - - - A block used for deterministic disposal of activated instances. When the block is - disposed, all instances activated via it will be deactivated. - - - - - An object that notifies when it is disposed. - - - - - An object that can report whether or not it is disposed. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether this instance is disposed. - - - - - Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. - - - - - Releases resources held by the object. - - - - - Releases resources before the object is reclaimed by garbage collection. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether this instance is disposed. - - - - - A block used for deterministic disposal of activated instances. When the block is - disposed, all instances activated via it will be deactivated. - - - - - Provides a path to resolve instances. - - - - - Determines whether the specified request can be resolved. - - The request. - True if the request can be resolved; otherwise, false. - - - - Resolves instances for the specified request. The instances are not actually resolved - until a consumer iterates over the enumerator. - - The request to resolve. - An enumerator of instances that match the request. - - - - Creates a request for the specified service. - - The service that is being requested. - The constraint to apply to the bindings to determine if they match the request. - The parameters to pass to the resolution. - True if the request is optional; otherwise, false. - True if the request should return a unique result; otherwise, false. - The created request. - - - - An object that fires an event when it is disposed. - - - - - Occurs when the object is disposed. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The parent resolution root. - - - - Releases resources held by the object. - - - - - Determines whether the specified request can be resolved. - - The request. - True if the request can be resolved; otherwise, false. - - - - Resolves instances for the specified request. The instances are not actually resolved - until a consumer iterates over the enumerator. - - The request to resolve. - An enumerator of instances that match the request. - - - - Creates a request for the specified service. - - The service that is being requested. - The constraint to apply to the bindings to determine if they match the request. - The parameters to pass to the resolution. - True if the request is optional; otherwise, false. - True if the request should return a unique result; otherwise, false. - The created request. - - - - Gets or sets the parent resolution root (usually the kernel). - - - - - Occurs when the object is disposed. - - - - - Tracks instances for re-use in certain scopes. - - - - - A component that contributes to the internals of Ninject. - - - - - A component that contributes to the internals of Ninject. - - - - - Gets or sets the settings. - - - - - Gets or sets the settings. - - - - - Tracks instances for re-use in certain scopes. - - - - - Stores the specified instance in the cache. - - The context to store. - The instance reference. - - - - Tries to retrieve an instance to re-use in the specified context. - - The context that is being activated. - The instance for re-use, or if none has been stored. - - - - Deactivates and releases the specified instance from the cache. - - The instance to release. - if the instance was found and released; otherwise . - - - - Removes instances from the cache which should no longer be re-used. - - - - - Immediately deactivates and removes all instances in the cache that are owned by - the specified scope. - - The scope whose instances should be deactivated. - - - - Immediately deactivates and removes all instances in the cache, regardless of scope. - - - - - Gets the number of entries currently stored in the cache. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The pipeline component. - The cache pruner component. - - - - Releases resources held by the object. - - - - - Stores the specified context in the cache. - - The context to store. - The instance reference. - - - - Tries to retrieve an instance to re-use in the specified context. - - The context that is being activated. - The instance for re-use, or if none has been stored. - - - - Deactivates and releases the specified instance from the cache. - - The instance to release. - if the instance was found and released; otherwise . - - - - Removes instances from the cache which should no longer be re-used. - - - - - Immediately deactivates and removes all instances in the cache that are owned by - the specified scope. - - The scope whose instances should be deactivated. - - - - Immediately deactivates and removes all instances in the cache, regardless of scope. - - - - - Gets or sets the pipeline component. - - - - - Gets the number of entries currently stored in the cache. - - - - - Uses a and some magic to poll - the garbage collector to see if it has run. - - - - - Prunes instances from an based on environmental information. - - - - - Starts pruning the specified cache based on the rules of the pruner. - - The cache that will be pruned. - - - - Stops pruning. - - - - - Releases resources held by the object. - - - - - Starts pruning the specified cache based on the rules of the pruner. - - The cache that will be pruned. - - - - Stops pruning. - - - - - Gets the cache that is being pruned. - - - - - A provider that delegates to a callback method to create instances. - - The type of instances the provider creates. - - - - A simple abstract provider for instances of a specific type. - - The type of instances the provider creates. - - - - Creates instances of services. - - - - - Creates an instance within the specified context. - - The context. - The created instance. - - - - Gets the type (or prototype) of instances the provider creates. - - - - - Creates an instance within the specified context. - - The context. - The created instance. - - - - Creates an instance within the specified context. - - The context. - The created instance. - - - - Gets the type (or prototype) of instances the provider creates. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the CallbackProvider<T> class. - - The callback method that will be called to create instances. - - - - Invokes the callback method to create an instance. - - The context. - The created instance. - - - - Gets the callback method used by the provider. - - - - - A provider that always returns the same constant value. - - The type of value that is returned. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the ConstantProvider<T> class. - - The value that the provider should return. - - - - Creates an instance within the specified context. - - The context. - The constant value this provider returns. - - - - Gets the value that the provider will return. - - - - - The standard provider for types, which activates instances via a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The type (or prototype) of instances the provider creates. - The planner component. - The selector component. - - - - Creates an instance within the specified context. - - The context. - The created instance. - - - - Gets the value to inject into the specified target. - - The context. - The target. - The value to inject into the specified target. - - - - Gets the implementation type that the provider will activate an instance of - for the specified service. - - The service in question. - The implementation type that will be activated. - - - - Gets a callback that creates an instance of the - for the specified type. - - The prototype the provider instance will create. - The created callback. - - - - Gets the type (or prototype) of instances the provider creates. - - - - - Gets or sets the planner component. - - - - - Gets or sets the selector component. - - - - - Contributes to a , and is called during the activation - and deactivation of an instance. - - - - - Contributes to a , and is called during the activation - and deactivation of an instance. - - - - - Contributes to the activation of the instance in the specified context. - - The context. - A reference to the instance being activated. - - - - Contributes to the deactivation of the instance in the specified context. - - The context. - A reference to the instance being deactivated. - - - - Contributes to the activation of the instance in the specified context. - - The context. - A reference to the instance being activated. - - - - Contributes to the deactivation of the instance in the specified context. - - The context. - A reference to the instance being deactivated. - - - - Executes actions defined on the binding during activation and deactivation. - - - - - Calls the activation actions defined on the binding. - - The context. - A reference to the instance being activated. - - - - Calls the deactivation actions defined on the binding. - - The context. - A reference to the instance being deactivated. - - - - During deactivation, disposes instances that implement . - - - - - Disposes the specified instance. - - The context. - A reference to the instance being deactivated. - - - - During activation, initializes instances that implement . - - - - - Initializes the specified instance. - - The context. - A reference to the instance being activated. - - - - Injects methods on an instance during activation. - - - - - Injects values into the properties as described by s - contained in the plan. - - The context. - A reference to the instance being activated. - - - - Injects properties on an instance during activation. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The injector factory component. - - - - Injects values into the properties as described by s - contained in the plan. - - The context. - A reference to the instance being activated. - - - - Applies user supplied override values to instance properties. - - The context. - A reference to the instance being activated. - The parameter ovverride value accessors. - - - - Gets the value to inject into the specified target. - - The context. - The target. - The value to inject into the specified target. - - - - Gets the injector factory component. - - - - - Starts instances that implement during activation, - and stops them during deactivation. - - - - - Starts the specified instance. - - The context. - A reference to the instance being activated. - - - - Stops the specified instance. - - The context. - A reference to the instance being deactivated. - - - - Contains information about the activation of a single instance. - - - - - Contains information about the activation of a single instance. - - - - - Gets the provider that should be used to create the instance for this context. - - The provider that should be used. - - - - Gets the scope for the context that "owns" the instance activated therein. - - The object that acts as the scope. - - - - Resolves this instance for this context. - - The resolved instance. - - - - Gets the kernel that is driving the activation. - - - - - Gets the request. - - - - - Gets the binding. - - - - - Gets or sets the activation plan. - - - - - Gets the parameters that were passed to manipulate the activation process. - - - - - Gets the generic arguments for the request, if any. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the request involves inferred generic arguments. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The kernel managing the resolution. - The context's request. - The context's binding. - The cache component. - The planner component. - The pipeline component. - - - - Gets the scope for the context that "owns" the instance activated therein. - - The object that acts as the scope. - - - - Gets the provider that should be used to create the instance for this context. - - The provider that should be used. - - - - Resolves the instance associated with this hook. - - The resolved instance. - - - - Gets the kernel that is driving the activation. - - - - - Gets the request. - - - - - Gets the binding. - - - - - Gets or sets the activation plan. - - - - - Gets the parameters that were passed to manipulate the activation process. - - - - - Gets the generic arguments for the request, if any. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the request involves inferred generic arguments. - - - - - Gets or sets the cache component. - - - - - Gets or sets the planner component. - - - - - Gets or sets the pipeline component. - - - - - Holds an instance during activation or after it has been cached. - - - - - Returns a value indicating whether the instance is of the specified type. - - The type in question. - if the instance is of the specified type, otherwise . - - - - Returns the instance as the specified type. - - The requested type. - The instance. - - - - Executes the specified action if the instance if of the specified type. - - The type in question. - The action to execute. - - - - Gets or sets the instance. - - - - - Drives the activation (injection, etc.) of an instance. - - - - - Activates the instance in the specified context. - - The context. - The instance reference. - - - - Deactivates the instance in the specified context. - - The context. - The instance reference. - - - - Gets the strategies that contribute to the activation and deactivation processes. - - - - - Describes the request for a service resolution. - - - - - Determines whether the specified binding satisfies the constraint defined on this request. - - The binding. - True if the binding satisfies the constraint; otherwise false. - - - - Gets the scope if one was specified in the request. - - The object that acts as the scope. - - - - Creates a child request. - - The service that is being requested. - The context in which the request was made. - The target that will receive the injection. - The child request. - - - - Gets the service that was requested. - - - - - Gets the parent request. - - - - - Gets the parent context. - - - - - Gets the target that will receive the injection, if any. - - - - - Gets the constraint that will be applied to filter the bindings used for the request. - - - - - Gets the parameters that affect the resolution. - - - - - Gets the stack of bindings which have been activated by either this request or its ancestors. - - - - - Gets the recursive depth at which this request occurs. - - - - - Gets or sets value indicating whether the request is optional. - - - - - Gets or sets value indicating whether the request should return a unique result. - - - - - Drives the activation (injection, etc.) of an instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The strategies to execute during activation and deactivation. - - - - Activates the instance in the specified context. - - The context. - The instance reference. - - - - Deactivates the instance in the specified context. - - The context. - The instance reference. - - - - Gets the strategies that contribute to the activation and deactivation processes. - - - - - Describes the request for a service resolution. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The service that was requested. - The constraint that will be applied to filter the bindings used for the request. - The parameters that affect the resolution. - The scope callback, if an external scope was specified. - True if the request is optional; otherwise, false. - True if the request should return a unique result; otherwise, false. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The parent context. - The service that was requested. - The target that will receive the injection. - The scope callback, if an external scope was specified. - - - - Determines whether the specified binding satisfies the constraints defined on this request. - - The binding. - True if the binding satisfies the constraints; otherwise false. - - - - Gets the scope if one was specified in the request. - - The object that acts as the scope. - - - - Creates a child request. - - The service that is being requested. - The context in which the request was made. - The target that will receive the injection. - The child request. - - - - Gets the service that was requested. - - - - - Gets the parent request. - - - - - Gets the parent context. - - - - - Gets the target that will receive the injection, if any. - - - - - Gets the constraint that will be applied to filter the bindings used for the request. - - - - - Gets the parameters that affect the resolution. - - - - - Gets the stack of bindings which have been activated by either this request or its ancestors. - - - - - Gets the recursive depth at which this request occurs. - - - - - Gets or sets value indicating whether the request is optional. - - - - - Gets or sets value indicating whether the request is for a single service. - - - - - Gets the callback that resolves the scope for the request, if an external scope was provided. - - - - - Defines a constraint on the decorated member. - - - - - Determines whether the specified binding metadata matches the constraint. - - The metadata in question. - True if the metadata matches; otherwise false. - - - - Indicates that the decorated member should be injected. - - - - - Indicates that the decorated member should only be injected using binding(s) registered - with the specified name. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The name of the binding(s) to use. - - - - Determines whether the specified binding metadata matches the constraint. - - The metadata in question. - True if the metadata matches; otherwise false. - - - - Gets the binding name. - - - - - Indicates that the decorated member represents an optional dependency. - - - - - An internal container that manages and resolves components that contribute to Ninject. - - - - - An internal container that manages and resolves components that contribute to Ninject. - - - - - Registers a component in the container. - - The component type. - The component's implementation type. - - - - Removes all registrations for the specified component. - - The component type. - - - - Removes all registrations for the specified component. - - The component's type. - - - - Gets one instance of the specified component. - - The component type. - The instance of the component. - - - - Gets all available instances of the specified component. - - The component type. - A series of instances of the specified component. - - - - Gets one instance of the specified component. - - The component type. - The instance of the component. - - - - Gets all available instances of the specified component. - - The component type. - A series of instances of the specified component. - - - - Gets or sets the kernel that owns the component container. - - - - - Releases resources held by the object. - - - - - Registers a component in the container. - - The component type. - The component's implementation type. - - - - Removes all registrations for the specified component. - - The component type. - - - - Removes all registrations for the specified component. - - The component type. - - - - Gets one instance of the specified component. - - The component type. - The instance of the component. - - - - Gets all available instances of the specified component. - - The component type. - A series of instances of the specified component. - - - - Gets one instance of the specified component. - - The component type. - The instance of the component. - - - - Gets all available instances of the specified component. - - The component type. - A series of instances of the specified component. - - - - Gets or sets the kernel that owns the component container. - - - - - Represents a future value. - - The type of value. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the Future<T> class. - - The callback that will be triggered to read the value. - - - - Gets the value from the future. - - The future. - The future value. - - - - Gets the value, resolving it if necessary. - - - - - Gets the callback that will be called to resolve the value. - - - - - Indicates the object has a reference to a . - - - - - Gets the binding. - - - - - Indicates that the object has a reference to an . - - - - - Gets the kernel. - - - - - A data structure that contains multiple values for a each key. - - The type of key. - The type of value. - - - - Adds the specified value for the specified key. - - The key. - The value. - - - - Removes the specified value for the specified key. - - The key. - The value. - True if such a value existed and was removed; otherwise false. - - - - Removes all values for the specified key. - - The key. - True if any such values existed; otherwise false. - - - - Removes all values. - - - - - Determines whether the multimap contains any values for the specified key. - - The key. - True if the multimap has one or more values for the specified key; otherwise, false. - - - - Determines whether the multimap contains the specified value for the specified key. - - The key. - The value. - True if the multimap contains such a value; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns an enumerator that iterates through a the multimap. - - An object that can be used to iterate through the multimap. - - - - Gets the collection of values stored under the specified key. - - The key. - - - - Gets the collection of keys. - - - - - Gets the collection of collections of values. - - - - - Defines the style of request (single or multi-injection, whether it is optional, etc.) - - - - - Indicates a request for a single instance of a service. - - - - - Indicates a request for multiple instances of a service. - - - - - Indicates that null should be returned (instead of throwing) if the service cannot be resolved. - - - - - Scope callbacks for standard scopes. - - - - - Gets the callback for transient scope. - - - - - Gets the callback for singleton scope. - - - - - Gets the callback for thread scope. - - - - - Gets the callback for request scope. - - - - - A delegate that can inject values into a constructor. - - - - - Creates injectors for members via s. - - - - - Creates injectors from members. - - - - - Gets or creates an injector for the specified constructor. - - The constructor. - The created injector. - - - - Gets or creates an injector for the specified property. - - The property. - The created injector. - - - - Gets or creates an injector for the specified method. - - The method. - The created injector. - - - - Gets or creates an injector for the specified constructor. - - The constructor. - The created injector. - - - - Gets or creates an injector for the specified property. - - The property. - The created injector. - - - - Gets or creates an injector for the specified method. - - The method. - The created injector. - - - - A delegate that can inject values into a method. - - - - - A delegate that can inject values into a property. - - - - - Creates injectors from members via reflective invocation. - - - - - Gets or creates an injector for the specified constructor. - - The constructor. - The created injector. - - - - Gets or creates an injector for the specified property. - - The property. - The created injector. - - - - Gets or creates an injector for the specified method. - - The method. - The created injector. - - - - Loads modules from compiled assemblies. - - - - - Loads modules at runtime by searching external files. - - - - - Loads modules from the specified files. - - The names of the files to load modules from. - - - - Gets the file extensions that the plugin understands how to load. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The kernel into which modules will be loaded. - - - - Loads modules from the specified files. - - The names of the files to load modules from. - - - - Gets or sets the kernel into which modules will be loaded. - - - - - Gets the file extensions that the plugin understands how to load. - - - - - Finds modules defined in external files. - - - - - Loads any modules found in the files that match the specified patterns. - - The patterns to search. - - - - A pluggable unit that can be loaded into an . - - - - - Called when the module is loaded into a kernel. - - The kernel that is loading the module. - - - - Called when the module is unloaded from a kernel. - - The kernel that is unloading the module. - - - - Gets the module's name. - - - - - Automatically finds and loads modules from assemblies. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The kernel into which modules will be loaded. - - - - Loads any modules found in the files that match the specified patterns. - - The patterns to search. - - - - Gets or sets the kernel into which modules will be loaded. - - - - - A loadable unit that defines bindings for your application. - - - - - Provides a path to register bindings. - - - - - Provides a path to register bindings. - - - - - Declares a binding for the specified service. - - The service to bind. - - - - Declares a binding from the service to itself. - - The service to bind. - - - - Unregisters all bindings for the specified service. - - The service to unbind. - - - - Unregisters all bindings for the specified service. - - The service to unbind. - - - - Removes any existing bindings for the specified service, and declares a new one. - - The service to re-bind. - - - - Removes any existing bindings for the specified service, and declares a new one. - - The service to re-bind. - - - - Registers the specified binding. - - The binding to add. - - - - Unregisters the specified binding. - - The binding to remove. - - - - Declares a binding for the specified service. - - The service to bind. - - - - Declares a binding for the specified service. - - The service to bind. - - - - Unregisters all bindings for the specified service. - - The service to unbind. - - - - Unregisters all bindings for the specified service. - - The service to unbind. - - - - Removes any existing bindings for the specified service, and declares a new one. - - The service to re-bind. - - - - Removes any existing bindings for the specified service, and declares a new one. - - The service to re-bind. - - - - Registers the specified binding. - - The binding to add. - - - - Unregisters the specified binding. - - The binding to remove. - - - - Creates a new builder for the specified binding. - - The type restriction to apply to the binding builder. - The binding that will be built. - The created builder. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Called when the module is loaded into a kernel. - - The kernel that is loading the module. - - - - Called when the module is unloaded from a kernel. - - The kernel that is unloading the module. - - - - Loads the module into the kernel. - - - - - Unloads the module from the kernel. - - - - - Unregisters all bindings for the specified service. - - The service to unbind. - - - - Registers the specified binding. - - The binding to add. - - - - Unregisters the specified binding. - - The binding to remove. - - - - Creates a new builder for the specified binding. - - The type restriction to apply to the binding builder. - The binding that will be built. - The created builder. - - - - Gets the kernel that the module is loaded into. - - - - - Gets the module's name. Only a single module with a given name can be loaded at one time. - - - - - Gets the bindings that were registered by the module. - - - - - Overrides the injected value of a constructor argument. - - - - - Modifies an activation process in some way. - - - - - Modifies an activation process in some way. - - - - - Gets the value for the parameter within the specified context. - - The context. - The value for the parameter. - - - - Gets the name of the parameter. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the parameter should be inherited into child requests. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The name of the parameter. - The value of the parameter. - Whether the parameter should be inherited into child requests. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The name of the parameter. - The callback that will be triggered to get the parameter's value. - Whether the parameter should be inherited into child requests. - - - - Gets the value for the parameter within the specified context. - - The context. - The value for the parameter. - - - - Determines whether the object equals the specified object. - - An object to compare with this object. - True if the objects are equal; otherwise false - - - - Serves as a hash function for a particular type. - - A hash code for the object. - - - - Indicates whether the current object is equal to another object of the same type. - - An object to compare with this object. - True if the objects are equal; otherwise false - - - - Gets the name of the parameter. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the parameter should be inherited into child requests. - - - - - Gets or sets the callback that will be triggered to get the parameter's value. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The name of the argument to override. - The value to inject into the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The name of the argument to override. - The callback to invoke to get the value that should be injected. - - - - Overrides the injected value of a property. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The name of the property to override. - The value to inject into the property. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The name of the property to override. - The callback to invoke to get the value that should be injected. - - - - Contains logic about which bindings to use for a given service request. - - - - - Returns any bindings from the specified collection that match the specified service. - - The multimap of all registered bindings. - The service in question. - The series of matching bindings. - - - - Resolves bindings for open generic types. - - - - - Returns any bindings from the specified collection that match the specified service. - - The multimap of all registered bindings. - The service in question. - The series of matching bindings. - - - - Resolves bindings that have been registered directly for the service. - - - - - Returns any bindings from the specified collection that match the specified service. - - The multimap of all registered bindings. - The service in question. - The series of matching bindings. - - - - Contains information about a service registration. - - - - - Contains information about a service registration. - - - - - Gets the provider for the binding. - - The context. - The provider to use. - - - - Gets the scope for the binding, if any. - - The context. - The object that will act as the scope, or if the service is transient. - - - - Determines whether the specified request satisfies the condition defined on the binding, - if one was defined. - - The request. - True if the request satisfies the condition; otherwise false. - - - - Gets the service type that is controlled by the binding. - - - - - Gets the binding's metadata. - - - - - Gets or sets the type of target for the binding. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the binding was implicitly registered. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the binding has a condition associated with it. - - - - - Gets or sets the condition defined for the binding. - - - - - Gets or sets the callback that returns the provider that should be used by the binding. - - - - - Gets or sets the callback that returns the object that will act as the binding's scope. - - - - - Gets the parameters defined for the binding. - - - - - Gets the actions that should be called after instances are activated via the binding. - - - - - Gets the actions that should be called before instances are deactivated via the binding. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The service that is controlled by the binding. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The service that is controlled by the binding. - The binding's metadata container. - - - - Gets the provider for the binding. - - The context. - The provider to use. - - - - Gets the scope for the binding, if any. - - The context. - The object that will act as the scope, or if the service is transient. - - - - Determines whether the specified request satisfies the conditions defined on this binding. - - The request. - True if the request satisfies the conditions; otherwise false. - - - - Gets the service type that is controlled by the binding. - - - - - Gets the binding's metadata. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the binding was implicitly registered. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the binding has a condition associated with it. - - - - - Gets or sets the type of target for the binding. - - - - - Gets or sets the condition defined for the binding. - - - - - Gets or sets the callback that returns the provider that should be used by the binding. - - - - - Gets or sets the callback that returns the object that will act as the binding's scope. - - - - - Gets the parameters defined for the binding. - - - - - Gets the actions that should be called after instances are activated via the binding. - - - - - Gets the actions that should be called before instances are deactivated via the binding. - - - - - Provides a root for the fluent syntax associated with an . - - - - - Used to define the target of a binding. - - The service being bound. - - - - Used to define a basic binding syntax builder. - - - - - A hack to hide methods defined on for IntelliSense - on fluent interfaces. Credit to Daniel Cazzulino. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Indicates that the service should be self-bound. - - - - - Indicates that the service should be bound to the specified implementation type. - - The implementation type. - - - - Indicates that the service should be bound to the specified implementation type. - - The implementation type. - - - - Indicates that the service should be bound to an instance of the specified provider type. - The instance will be activated via the kernel when an instance of the service is activated. - - The type of provider to activate. - - - - Indicates that the service should be bound to an instance of the specified provider type. - The instance will be activated via the kernel when an instance of the service is activated. - - The type of provider to activate. - - - - Indicates that the service should be bound to the specified provider. - - The provider. - - - - Indicates that the service should be bound to the specified callback method. - - The method. - - - - Indicates that the service should be bound to the specified constant value. - - The constant value. - - - - Used to set the condition, scope, name, or add additional information or actions to a binding. - - The service being bound. - - - - Used to define the conditions under which a binding should be used. - - The service being bound. - - - - Indicates that the binding should be used only for requests that support the specified condition. - - The condition. - - - - Indicates that the binding should be used only for injections on the specified type. - - The type. - - - - Indicates that the binding should be used only for injections on the specified type. - - The type. - - - - Indicates that the binding should be used only when the class being injected has - an attribute of the specified type. - - The type of attribute. - - - - Indicates that the binding should be used only when the member being injected has - an attribute of the specified type. - - The type of attribute. - - - - Indicates that the binding should be used only when the target being injected has - an attribute of the specified type. - - The type of attribute. - - - - Indicates that the binding should be used only when the class being injected has - an attribute of the specified type. - - The type of attribute. - - - - Indicates that the binding should be used only when the member being injected has - an attribute of the specified type. - - The type of attribute. - - - - Indicates that the binding should be used only when the target being injected has - an attribute of the specified type. - - The type of attribute. - - - - Indicates that the binding should be used only when the service is being requested - by a service bound with the specified name. - - The name to expect. - - - - Used to define the scope in which instances activated via a binding should be re-used. - - The service being bound. - - - - Indicates that only a single instance of the binding should be created, and then - should be re-used for all subsequent requests. - - - - - Indicates that instances activated via the binding should not be re-used, nor have - their lifecycle managed by Ninject. - - - - - Indicates that instances activated via the binding should be re-used within the same thread. - - - - - Indicates that instances activated via the binding should be re-used within the same - HTTP request. - - - - - Indicates that instances activated via the binding should be re-used as long as the object - returned by the provided callback remains alive (that is, has not been garbage collected). - - The callback that returns the scope. - - - - Used to define the name of a binding. - - The service being bound. - - - - Indicates that the binding should be registered with the specified name. Names are not - necessarily unique; multiple bindings for a given service may be registered with the same name. - - The name to give the binding. - - - - Used to add additional information to a binding. - - The service being bound. - - - - Indicates that the specified constructor argument should be overridden with the specified value. - - The name of the argument to override. - The value for the argument. - - - - Indicates that the specified constructor argument should be overridden with the specified value. - - The name of the argument to override. - The callback to invoke to get the value for the argument. - - - - Indicates that the specified property should be injected with the specified value. - - The name of the property to override. - The value for the property. - - - - Indicates that the specified property should be injected with the specified value. - - The name of the property to override. - The callback to invoke to get the value for the property. - - - - Adds a custom parameter to the binding. - - The parameter. - - - - Sets the value of a piece of metadata on the binding. - - The metadata key. - The metadata value. - - - - Used to add additional actions to be performed during activation or deactivation of instances via a binding. - - The service being bound. - - - - Indicates that the specified callback should be invoked when instances are activated. - - The action callback. - - - - Indicates that the specified callback should be invoked when instances are deactivated. - - The action callback. - - - - Used to set the scope, name, or add additional information or actions to a binding. - - The service being bound. - - - - Used to set the name, or add additional information or actions to a binding. - - The service being bound. - - - - Used to add additional information or actions to a binding. - - The service being bound. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the BindingBuilder<T> class. - - The binding to build. - The kernel. - - - - Indicates that the service should be self-bound. - - - - - Indicates that the service should be bound to the specified implementation type. - - The implementation type. - - - - Indicates that the service should be bound to the specified implementation type. - - The implementation type. - - - - Indicates that the service should be bound to an instance of the specified provider type. - The instance will be activated via the kernel when an instance of the service is activated. - - The type of provider to activate. - - - - Indicates that the service should be bound to an instance of the specified provider type. - The instance will be activated via the kernel when an instance of the service is activated. - - The type of provider to activate. - - - - Indicates that the service should be bound to the specified provider. - - The provider. - - - - Indicates that the service should be bound to the specified callback method. - - The method. - - - - Indicates that the service should be bound to the specified constant value. - - The constant value. - - - - Indicates that the binding should be used only for requests that support the specified condition. - - The condition. - - - - Indicates that the binding should be used only for injections on the specified type. - - The type. - - - - Indicates that the binding should be used only for injections on the specified type. - - The type. - - - - Indicates that the binding should be used only when the class being injected has - an attribute of the specified type. - - The type of attribute. - - - - Indicates that the binding should be used only when the member being injected has - an attribute of the specified type. - - The type of attribute. - - - - Indicates that the binding should be used only when the target being injected has - an attribute of the specified type. - - The type of attribute. - - - - Indicates that the binding should be used only when the class being injected has - an attribute of the specified type. - - The type of attribute. - - - - Indicates that the binding should be used only when the member being injected has - an attribute of the specified type. - - The type of attribute. - - - - Indicates that the binding should be used only when the target being injected has - an attribute of the specified type. - - The type of attribute. - - - - Indicates that the binding should be used only when the service is being requested - by a service bound with the specified name. - - The name to expect. - - - - Indicates that the binding should be registered with the specified name. Names are not - necessarily unique; multiple bindings for a given service may be registered with the same name. - - The name to give the binding. - - - - Indicates that only a single instance of the binding should be created, and then - should be re-used for all subsequent requests. - - - - - Indicates that instances activated via the binding should not be re-used, nor have - their lifecycle managed by Ninject. - - - - - Indicates that instances activated via the binding should be re-used within the same thread. - - - - - Indicates that instances activated via the binding should be re-used within the same - HTTP request. - - - - - Indicates that instances activated via the binding should be re-used as long as the object - returned by the provided callback remains alive (that is, has not been garbage collected). - - The callback that returns the scope. - - - - Indicates that the specified constructor argument should be overridden with the specified value. - - The name of the argument to override. - The value for the argument. - - - - Indicates that the specified constructor argument should be overridden with the specified value. - - The name of the argument to override. - The callback to invoke to get the value for the argument. - - - - Indicates that the specified property should be injected with the specified value. - - The name of the property to override. - The value for the property. - - - - Indicates that the specified property should be injected with the specified value. - - The name of the property to override. - The callback to invoke to get the value for the property. - - - - Adds a custom parameter to the binding. - - The parameter. - - - - Sets the value of a piece of metadata on the binding. - - The metadata key. - The metadata value. - - - - Indicates that the specified callback should be invoked when instances are activated. - - The action callback. - - - - Indicates that the specified callback should be invoked when instances are deactivated. - - The action callback. - - - - Provides a root for the fluent syntax associated with an . - - - - - Gets the binding being built. - - - - - Gets the kernel. - - - - - Additional information available about a binding, which can be used in constraints - to select bindings to use in activation. - - - - - Additional information available about a binding, which can be used in constraints - to select bindings to use in activation. - - - - - Determines whether a piece of metadata with the specified key has been defined. - - The metadata key. - True if such a piece of metadata exists; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the value of metadata defined with the specified key, cast to the specified type. - - The type of value to expect. - The metadata key. - The metadata value. - - - - Gets the value of metadata defined with the specified key. - - The metadata key. - The value to return if the binding has no metadata set with the specified key. - The metadata value, or the default value if none was set. - - - - Sets the value of a piece of metadata. - - The metadata key. - The metadata value. - - - - Gets or sets the binding's name. - - - - - Determines whether a piece of metadata with the specified key has been defined. - - The metadata key. - True if such a piece of metadata exists; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the value of metadata defined with the specified key, cast to the specified type. - - The type of value to expect. - The metadata key. - The metadata value. - - - - Gets the value of metadata defined with the specified key. - - The metadata key. - The value to return if the binding has no metadata set with the specified key. - The metadata value, or the default value if none was set. - - - - Sets the value of a piece of metadata. - - The metadata key. - The metadata value. - - - - Gets or sets the binding's name. - - - - - Describes the target of a binding. - - - - - Indicates that the binding is from a type to itself. - - - - - Indicates that the binding is from one type to another. - - - - - Indicates that the binding is from a type to a provider. - - - - - Indicates that the binding is from a type to a callback method. - - - - - Indicates that the binding is from a type to a constant value. - - - - - Describes the injection of a constructor. - - - - - Describes the injection of a method or constructor. - - - - - A piece of information used in an . (Just a marker.) - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the MethodInjectionDirectiveBase<TMethod, TInjector> class. - - The method this directive represents. - The injector that will be triggered. - - - - Creates targets for the parameters of the method. - - The method. - The targets for the method's parameters. - - - - Gets or sets the injector that will be triggered. - - - - - Gets or sets the targets for the directive. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The constructor described by the directive. - The injector that will be triggered. - - - - The base .ctor definition. - - - - - Describes the injection of a method. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The method described by the directive. - The injector that will be triggered. - - - - Describes the injection of a property. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The member the directive describes. - The injector that will be triggered. - - - - Creates a target for the property. - - The property. - The target for the property. - - - - Gets or sets the injector that will be triggered. - - - - - Gets or sets the injection target for the directive. - - - - - Adds a directive to plans indicating which constructor should be injected during activation. - - - - - Contributes to the generation of a . - - - - - Contributes to the specified plan. - - The plan that is being generated. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The selector component. - The injector factory component. - - - - Adds a to the plan for the constructor - that should be injected. - - The plan that is being generated. - - - - Gets the selector component. - - - - - Gets the injector factory component. - - - - - Adds directives to plans indicating which methods should be injected during activation. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The selector component. - The injector factory component. - - - - Adds a to the plan for each method - that should be injected. - - The plan that is being generated. - - - - Gets the selector component. - - - - - Gets the injector factory component. - - - - - Adds directives to plans indicating which properties should be injected during activation. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The selector component. - The injector factory component. - - - - Adds a to the plan for each property - that should be injected. - - The plan that is being generated. - - - - Gets the selector component. - - - - - Gets the injector factory component. - - - - - Represents a site on a type where a value will be injected. - - - - - Resolves a value for the target within the specified parent context. - - The parent context. - The resolved value. - - - - Gets the type of the target. - - - - - Gets the name of the target. - - - - - Gets the member that contains the target. - - - - - Gets the constraint defined on the target. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the target represents an optional dependency. - - - - - Represents an injection target for a . - - - - - Represents a site on a type where a value can be injected. - - The type of site this represents. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the Target<T> class. - - The member that contains the target. - The site represented by the target. - - - - Returns an array of custom attributes of a specified type defined on the target. - - The type of attribute to search for. - Whether to look up the hierarchy chain for inherited custom attributes. - An array of custom attributes of the specified type. - - - - Returns an array of custom attributes defined on the target. - - Whether to look up the hierarchy chain for inherited custom attributes. - An array of custom attributes. - - - - Returns a value indicating whether an attribute of the specified type is defined on the target. - - The type of attribute to search for. - Whether to look up the hierarchy chain for inherited custom attributes. - True if such an attribute is defined; otherwise false. - - - - Resolves a value for the target within the specified parent context. - - The parent context. - The resolved value. - - - - Gets the value(s) that should be injected into the target. - - The service that the target is requesting. - The parent context in which the target is being injected. - A series of values that are available for injection. - - - - Reads whether the target represents an optional dependency. - - if it is optional; otherwise . - - - - Reads the resolution constraint from target. - - The resolution constraint. - - - - Gets the member that contains the target. - - - - - Gets or sets the site (property, parameter, etc.) represented by the target. - - - - - Gets the name of the target. - - - - - Gets the type of the target. - - - - - Gets the constraint defined on the target. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the target represents an optional dependency. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The method that defines the parameter. - The parameter that this target represents. - - - - Gets the name of the target. - - - - - Gets the type of the target. - - - - - Represents an injection target for a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The property that this target represents. - - - - Gets the name of the target. - - - - - Gets the type of the target. - - - - - Describes the means by which a type should be activated. - - - - - Adds the specified directive to the plan. - - The directive. - - - - Determines whether the plan contains one or more directives of the specified type. - - The type of directive. - True if the plan has one or more directives of the type; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the first directive of the specified type from the plan. - - The type of directive. - The first directive, or if no matching directives exist. - - - - Gets all directives of the specified type that exist in the plan. - - The type of directive. - A series of directives of the specified type. - - - - Gets the type that the plan describes. - - - - - Generates plans for how to activate instances. - - - - - Gets or creates an activation plan for the specified type. - - The type for which a plan should be created. - The type's activation plan. - - - - Gets the strategies that contribute to the planning process. - - - - - Describes the means by which a type should be activated. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The type the plan describes. - - - - Adds the specified directive to the plan. - - The directive. - - - - Determines whether the plan contains one or more directives of the specified type. - - The type of directive. - True if the plan has one or more directives of the type; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the first directive of the specified type from the plan. - - The type of directive. - The first directive, or if no matching directives exist. - - - - Gets all directives of the specified type that exist in the plan. - - The type of directive. - A series of directives of the specified type. - - - - Gets the type that the plan describes. - - - - - Gets the directives defined in the plan. - - - - - Generates plans for how to activate instances. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The strategies to execute during planning. - - - - Gets or creates an activation plan for the specified type. - - The type for which a plan should be created. - The type's activation plan. - - - - Creates an empty plan for the specified type. - - The type for which a plan should be created. - The created plan. - - - - Gets the strategies that contribute to the planning process. - - - - - Generates scores for constructors, to determine which is the best one to call during activation. - - - - - Gets the score for the specified constructor. - - The injection context. - The constructor. - The constructor's score. - - - - Determines whether members should be injected during activation. - - - - - Returns a value indicating whether the specified member should be injected. - - The member in question. - True if the member should be injected; otherwise false. - - - - Scores constructors by either looking for the existence of an injection marker - attribute, or by counting the number of parameters. - - - - - Gets the score for the specified constructor. - - The injection context. - The constructor. - The constructor's score. - - - - Determines whether members should be injected during activation by checking - if they are decorated with an injection marker attribute. - - - - - Returns a value indicating whether the specified member should be injected. - - The member in question. - True if the member should be injected; otherwise false. - - - - Selects members for injection. - - - - - Selects the constructor to call on the specified type, by using the constructor scorer. - - The type. - The selected constructor, or if none were available. - - - - Selects properties that should be injected. - - The type. - A series of the selected properties. - - - - Selects methods that should be injected. - - The type. - A series of the selected methods. - - - - Gets or sets the constructor scorer. - - - - - Gets the heuristics used to determine which members should be injected. - - - - - Selects members for injection. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The constructor scorer. - The injection heuristics. - - - - Selects the constructor to call on the specified type, by using the constructor scorer. - - The type. - The selected constructor, or if none were available. - - - - Selects properties that should be injected. - - The type. - A series of the selected properties. - - - - Selects methods that should be injected. - - The type. - A series of the selected methods. - - - - Gets or sets the constructor scorer. - - - - - Gets the property injection heuristics. - - - - - Extension methods that enhance module loading. - - - - - Creates a new instance of the module and loads it into the kernel. - - The type of the module. - The kernel. - - - - Loads the module(s) into the kernel. - - The kernel. - The modules to load. - - - - Loads modules from the files that match the specified pattern(s). - - The kernel. - The file patterns (i.e. "*.dll", "modules/*.rb") to match. - - - - Loads modules defined in the specified assemblies. - - The kernel. - The assemblies to search. - - - - Extensions that enhance resolution of services. - - - - - Gets an instance of the specified service. - - The service to resolve. - The resolution root. - The parameters to pass to the request. - An instance of the service. - - - - Gets an instance of the specified service by using the first binding with the specified name. - - The service to resolve. - The resolution root. - The name of the binding. - The parameters to pass to the request. - An instance of the service. - - - - Gets an instance of the specified service by using the first binding that matches the specified constraint. - - The service to resolve. - The resolution root. - The constraint to apply to the binding. - The parameters to pass to the request. - An instance of the service. - - - - Tries to get an instance of the specified service. - - The service to resolve. - The resolution root. - The parameters to pass to the request. - An instance of the service, or if no implementation was available. - - - - Tries to get an instance of the specified service by using the first binding with the specified name. - - The service to resolve. - The resolution root. - The name of the binding. - The parameters to pass to the request. - An instance of the service, or if no implementation was available. - - - - Tries to get an instance of the specified service by using the first binding that matches the specified constraint. - - The service to resolve. - The resolution root. - The constraint to apply to the binding. - The parameters to pass to the request. - An instance of the service, or if no implementation was available. - - - - Gets all available instances of the specified service. - - The service to resolve. - The resolution root. - The parameters to pass to the request. - A series of instances of the service. - - - - Gets all instances of the specified service using bindings registered with the specified name. - - The service to resolve. - The resolution root. - The name of the binding. - The parameters to pass to the request. - A series of instances of the service. - - - - Gets all instances of the specified service by using the bindings that match the specified constraint. - - The service to resolve. - The resolution root. - The constraint to apply to the bindings. - The parameters to pass to the request. - A series of instances of the service. - - - - Gets an instance of the specified service. - - The resolution root. - The service to resolve. - The parameters to pass to the request. - An instance of the service. - - - - Gets an instance of the specified service by using the first binding with the specified name. - - The resolution root. - The service to resolve. - The name of the binding. - The parameters to pass to the request. - An instance of the service. - - - - Gets an instance of the specified service by using the first binding that matches the specified constraint. - - The resolution root. - The service to resolve. - The constraint to apply to the binding. - The parameters to pass to the request. - An instance of the service. - - - - Tries to get an instance of the specified service. - - The resolution root. - The service to resolve. - The parameters to pass to the request. - An instance of the service, or if no implementation was available. - - - - Tries to get an instance of the specified service by using the first binding with the specified name. - - The resolution root. - The service to resolve. - The name of the binding. - The parameters to pass to the request. - An instance of the service, or if no implementation was available. - - - - Tries to get an instance of the specified service by using the first binding that matches the specified constraint. - - The resolution root. - The service to resolve. - The constraint to apply to the binding. - The parameters to pass to the request. - An instance of the service, or if no implementation was available. - - - - Gets all available instances of the specified service. - - The resolution root. - The service to resolve. - The parameters to pass to the request. - A series of instances of the service. - - - - Gets all instances of the specified service using bindings registered with the specified name. - - The resolution root. - The service to resolve. - The name of the binding. - The parameters to pass to the request. - A series of instances of the service. - - - - Gets all instances of the specified service by using the bindings that match the specified constraint. - - The resolution root. - The service to resolve. - The constraint to apply to the bindings. - The parameters to pass to the request. - A series of instances of the service. - - - - Indicates that an error occured during activation of an instance. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The exception message. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The exception message. - The inner exception. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The serialized object data. - The serialization context. - - - - A service that requires initialization after it is activated. - - - - - Initializes the instance. Called during activation. - - - - - A super-factory that can create objects of all kinds, following hints provided by s. - - - - - Gets the modules that have been loaded into the kernel. - - A series of loaded modules. - - - - Determines whether a module with the specified name has been loaded in the kernel. - - The name of the module. - True if the specified module has been loaded; otherwise, false. - - - - Loads the module(s) into the kernel. - - The modules to load. - - - - Loads modules from the files that match the specified pattern(s). - - The file patterns (i.e. "*.dll", "modules/*.rb") to match. - - - - Loads modules defined in the specified assemblies. - - The assemblies to search. - - - - Unloads the plugin with the specified name. - - The plugin's name. - - - - Injects the specified existing instance, without managing its lifecycle. - - The instance to inject. - The parameters to pass to the request. - - - - Deactivates and releases the specified instance if it is currently managed by Ninject. - - The instance to release. - if the instance was found and released; otherwise . - - - - Gets the bindings registered for the specified service. - - The service in question. - A series of bindings that are registered for the service. - - - - Begins a new activation block, which can be used to deterministically dispose resolved instances. - - The new activation block. - - - - Gets the kernel settings. - - - - - Gets the component container, which holds components that contribute to Ninject. - - - - - Contains configuration options for Ninject. - - - - - Gets the value for the specified key. - - The type of value to return. - The setting's key. - The value to return if no setting is available. - The value, or the default value if none was found. - - - - Sets the value for the specified key. - - The setting's key. - The setting's value. - - - - Gets the attribute that indicates that a member should be injected. - - - - - Gets the interval at which the cache should be pruned. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the kernel should automatically load extensions at startup. - - - - - Gets the path that should be searched for extensions. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether Ninject should use reflection-based injection instead of - the (usually faster) lightweight code generation system. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether Ninject should inject non public members. - - - - - A service that is started when activated, and stopped when deactivated. - - - - - Starts this instance. Called during activation. - - - - - Stops this instance. Called during deactivation. - - - - - The base implementation of an . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The modules to load into the kernel. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The configuration to use. - The modules to load into the kernel. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The component container to use. - The configuration to use. - The modules to load into the kernel. - - - - Releases resources held by the object. - - - - - Unregisters all bindings for the specified service. - - The service to unbind. - - - - Registers the specified binding. - - The binding to add. - - - - Unregisters the specified binding. - - The binding to remove. - - - - Determines whether a module with the specified name has been loaded in the kernel. - - The name of the module. - True if the specified module has been loaded; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets the modules that have been loaded into the kernel. - - A series of loaded modules. - - - - Loads the module(s) into the kernel. - - The modules to load. - - - - Loads modules from the files that match the specified pattern(s). - - The file patterns (i.e. "*.dll", "modules/*.rb") to match. - - - - Loads modules defined in the specified assemblies. - - The assemblies to search. - - - - Unloads the plugin with the specified name. - - The plugin's name. - - - - Injects the specified existing instance, without managing its lifecycle. - - The instance to inject. - The parameters to pass to the request. - - - - Deactivates and releases the specified instance if it is currently managed by Ninject. - - The instance to release. - if the instance was found and released; otherwise . - - - - Determines whether the specified request can be resolved. - - The request. - True if the request can be resolved; otherwise, false. - - - - Resolves instances for the specified request. The instances are not actually resolved - until a consumer iterates over the enumerator. - - The request to resolve. - An enumerator of instances that match the request. - - - - Creates a request for the specified service. - - The service that is being requested. - The constraint to apply to the bindings to determine if they match the request. - The parameters to pass to the resolution. - True if the request is optional; otherwise, false. - True if the request should return a unique result; otherwise, false. - The created request. - - - - Gets the bindings registered for the specified service. - - The service in question. - A series of bindings that are registered for the service. - - - - Begins a new activation block, which can be used to deterministically dispose resolved instances. - - The new activation block. - - - - Creates a new builder for the specified binding. - - The type restriction to apply to the binding builder. - The binding that will be built. - The created builder. - - - - Adds components to the kernel during startup. - - - - - Attempts to handle a missing binding for a service. - - The service. - True if the missing binding can be handled; otherwise false. - - - - Returns a value indicating whether the specified service is self-bindable. - - The service. - if the type is self-bindable; otherwise . - - - - Creates a context for the specified request and binding. - - The request. - The binding. - The created context. - - - - Gets the kernel settings. - - - - - Gets the component container, which holds components that contribute to Ninject. - - - - - Contains configuration options for Ninject. - - - - - Gets the value for the specified key. - - The type of value to return. - The setting's key. - The value to return if no setting is available. - The value, or the default value if none was found. - - - - Sets the value for the specified key. - - The setting's key. - The setting's value. - - - - Gets or sets the attribute that indicates that a member should be injected. - - - - - Gets or sets the interval at which the GC should be polled. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether the kernel should automatically load extensions at startup. - - - - - Gets or sets the path that should be searched for extensions. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether Ninject should use reflection-based injection instead of - the (usually faster) lightweight code generation system. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether Ninject should inject non public members. - - - - - Provides callbacks to more aggressively collect objects scoped to HTTP requests. - - - - - Initializes the module. - - The whose instances will be managed. - - - - Start managing instances for the specified kernel. - - The kernel. - - - - Stops managing instances for the specified kernel. - - The kernel. - - - - Deactivates instances owned by the current . - - - - - The standard implementation of a kernel. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The modules to load into the kernel. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The configuration to use. - The modules to load into the kernel. - - - - Adds components to the kernel during startup. - - - - diff --git a/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/NzbDrone.Core.dll b/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/NzbDrone.Core.dll deleted file mode 100644 index d057cee9c..000000000 Binary files a/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/NzbDrone.Core.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/NzbDrone.Core.pdb b/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/NzbDrone.Core.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index 341ec322c..000000000 Binary files a/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/NzbDrone.Core.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/NzbDrone.Web.dll b/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/NzbDrone.Web.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 30f37e162..000000000 Binary files a/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/NzbDrone.Web.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/NzbDrone.Web.pdb b/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/NzbDrone.Web.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index 54ad11143..000000000 Binary files a/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/NzbDrone.Web.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/SubSonic.Core.dll b/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/SubSonic.Core.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 065bba65d..000000000 Binary files a/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/SubSonic.Core.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/SubSonic.Core.xml b/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/SubSonic.Core.xml deleted file mode 100644 index ece982406..000000000 --- a/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/SubSonic.Core.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4569 +0,0 @@ - - - - SubSonic.Core - - - - - Removes column declarations in SelectExpression's that are not referenced - - - - - An extended expression visitor including custom DbExpression nodes - - - - - returns the list of SelectExpressions accessible from the source expression - - - - - Determines if a SelectExpression contains any aggregate expressions - - - - - A simple query mapping that attempts to infer mapping from naming conventionss - - - - - Defines mapping information and rules for the query provider - - - - - Determines if a give CLR type is mapped as a database entity - - - - - - - Deterimines is a property is mapped onto a column or relationship - - - - - - - Determines if a property is mapped onto a column - - - - - - - Determines if a property represents or is part of the entities unique identity (often primary key) - - - - - - - Determines if a property is mapped as a relationship - - - - - - - The type of the entity on the other side of the relationship - - - - - - - The name of the corresponding database table - - - - - - - The name of the corresponding table column - - - - - - - A sequence of all the mapped members - - - - - - - Determines if a relationship property refers to a single optional entity (as opposed to a collection.) - - - - - - - Get a query expression that selects all entities from a table - - - - - - - Gets an expression that constructs an entity instance relative to a root. - The root is most often a TableExpression, but may be any other experssion such as - a ConstantExpression. - - - - - - - - Get the members for the key properities to be joined in an association relationship - - - - - - - - Get an expression for a mapped property relative to a root expression. - The root is either a TableExpression or an expression defining an entity instance. - - - - - - - - Get a function that coerces an a sequence of one type into another type. - This is primarily used for aggregators stored in ProjectionExpression's, which are used to represent the - final transformation of the entire result set of a query. - - The expected type. - The actual type. - - - - - Apply mapping translations to this expression - - - - - - - The language related to the mapping - - - - - Builds an execution plan for a query expression - - - - - columns referencing the outer alias are turned into special named-value parameters - - - - - - Returns an Object with the specified Type and whose value is equivalent to the specified object. - - An Object that implements the IConvertible interface. - - An object whose Type is conversionType (or conversionType's underlying type if conversionType - is Nullable<>) and whose value is equivalent to value. -or- a null reference, if value is a null - reference and conversionType is not a value type. - - - This method exists as a workaround to System.Convert.ChangeType(Object, Type) which does not handle - nullables as of version 2.0 (2.0.50727.42) of the .NET Framework. The idea is that this method will - be deleted once Convert.ChangeType is updated in a future version of the .NET Framework to handle - nullable types, so we want this to behave as closely to Convert.ChangeType as possible. - This method was written by Peter Johnson at: - http://aspalliance.com/author.aspx?uId=1026. - - - - - - - - - - - Equals to. - - The value. - - - - - Determines whether the specified is equal to the current . - - The to compare with the current . - - true if the specified is equal to the current ; otherwise, false. - - The parameter is null. - - - - Serves as a hash function for a particular type. - - - A hash code for the current . - - - - - Returns a that represents the current . - - - A that represents the current . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The table. - - - - Sets the specified column name. - - Name of the column. - - - - - Sets the expression. - - The column. - - - - - Executes this instance. - - - - - - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The provider. - - - - Sets the specified columns. - - The columns. - - - - - Summary for the RegexPattern class - - - - - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - From. - To. - Type of the join. - - - - Gets the join type value. - - The j. - - - - - Gets or sets the type. - - The type. - - - - Gets or sets from column. - - From column. - - - - Gets or sets to column. - - To column. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The provider. - - - - Builds the SQL statement. - - - - - - Adds the specified columns into a new Insert object. - - - The columns. - - - - - Adds the specified columns into a new Insert object. - - - The TBL. - - - - - Inits this instance. - - - - - - Values the specified column. - - The column. - The column value. - - - - - Values the specified column. - - The column. - The column value. - Type of the db. - - - - - Valueses the specified values. - - The values. - - - - - Values the expression. - - The values. - - - - - Returns a that represents the current . - - - A that represents the current . - - - - - Executes this instance. - - - - - - Removes duplicate column declarations that refer to the same underlying column - - - - - Converts LINQ query operators to into custom DbExpression's - - - - - Initializes the class. - - - - - Strips the last specified chars from a string. - - The source string. - The remove from end. - - - - - Strips the last specified chars from a string. - - The source string. - The back down to. - - - - - Plurals to singular. - - The source string. - - - - - Singulars to plural. - - The source string. - - - - - Make plural when count is not one - - The number of things - The source string. - - - - - Removes the specified chars from the beginning of a string. - - The source string. - The remove from beginning. - - - - - Removes chars from the beginning of a string, up to the specified string - - The source string. - The remove up to. - - - - - Strips the last char from a a string. - - The source string. - - - - - Strips the last char from a a string. - - The source string. - - - - - Fasts the replace. - - The original. - The pattern. - The replacement. - - - - - Fasts the replace. - - The original. - The pattern. - The replacement. - Type of the comparison. - - - - - Returns text that is located between the startText and endText tags. - - The source string. - The text from which to start the crop - The endpoint of the crop - - - - - Removes excess white space in a string. - - The source string. - - - - - Removes all non-alpha numeric characters in a string - - The source string. - - - - - Creates a string array based on the words in a sentence - - The source string. - - - - - Strips all HTML tags from a string - - The HTML string. - - - - - Strips all HTML tags from a string and replaces the tags with the specified replacement - - The HTML string. - The HTML place holder. - - - - - Converts a generic List collection to a single comma-delimitted string. - - The list. - - - - - Converts a generic List collection to a single string using the specified delimitter. - - The list. - The delimiter. - - - - - Strips the specified input. - - The source string. - The strip value. - - - - - Converts ASCII encoding to Unicode - - The ASCII code. - - - - - Converts Text to HTML-encoded string - - The text string. - - - - - Converts HTML-encoded bits to Text - - The entity text. - - - - - Formats the args using String.Format with the target string as a format string. - - The format string passed to String.Format - The args passed to String.Format - - - - - Strings to enum. - - - The value. - - - - - Fills the entities. - - - - - Converts US State Name to it's two-character abbreviation. Returns null if the state name was not found. - - US State Name (ie Texas) - - - - - Converts a two-character US State Abbreviation to it's official Name Returns null if the abbreviation was not found. - - US State Name (ie Texas) - - - - - Fills the US States. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Generates the command line. - - - - - - Generates the constraints. - - - - - - Generates from list. - - - - - - Generates the order by. - - - - - - Generates the group by. - - - - - - Generates the joins. - - - - - - Gets the paging SQL wrapper. - - - - - - Gets the select columns. - - - - - - Finds the column. - - Name of the column. - - - - - Builds the select statement. - - - - - - Builds the paged select statement. - - - - - - Builds the update statement. - - - - - - Builds the insert statement. - - - - - - Builds the delete statement. - - - - - - Sets the insert query. - - The q. - - - - SqlFragment. Field values may change depending on the inheriting Generator. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The q. - - - - Sets the insert query. - - The q. - - - - Finds the column. - - Name of the column. - - - - - Generates the group by. - - - - - - Generates the command line. - - - - - - Generates the joins. - - - - - - Generates from list. - - - - - - Generates the constraints. - - - - - - Generates the order by. - - - - - - Gets the select columns. - - - - - - Gets the paging SQL wrapper. - - - - - - Builds the paged select statement. - - - - - - Builds the select statement. - - - - - - Builds the update statement. - - - - - - Builds the insert statement. - - - - - - Builds the delete statement. - - - - - - Qualifies the name of the table. - - The TBL. - - - - - Gets the qualified select. - - The table. - - - - - Generates the select column list. - - - - - - Builds the aggregate commands. - - - - - - Generates the 'SELECT' part of an - - The aggregate to include in the SELECT clause - The portion of the SELECT clause represented by this - - The ToString() logic moved from , rather than - including it in the Aggregate class itself... - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The query. - - - - Builds the paged select statement. - - - - - - Builds the insert statement. - - - - - - A schema generator for your DB - - - - - Builds a CREATE TABLE statement. - - - - - - - Builds a DROP TABLE statement. - - Name of the table. - - - - - Adds the column. - - Name of the table. - The column. - - - - Alters the column. - - The column. - - - - Removes the column. - - Name of the table. - Name of the column. - - - - - Gets the type of the native. - - Type of the db. - - - - - Generates the columns. - - Table containing the columns. - - SQL fragment representing the supplied columns. - - - - - Sets the column attributes. - - The column. - - - - - Builds a CREATE TABLE statement. - - - - - - - Builds a DROP TABLE statement. - - Name of the table. - - - - - Adds the column. - - Name of the table. - The column. - - - - - Alters the column. - - The column. - - - - Removes the column. - - Name of the table. - Name of the column. - - - - - Gets the type of the native. - - Type of the db. - - - - - Generates the columns. - - Table containing the columns. - - SQL fragment representing the supplied columns. - - - - - Sets the column attributes. - - The column. - - - - - Gets an ITable from the DB based on name - - - - - Creates a list of table names - - - - - - - - - Removes one or more SelectExpression's by rewriting the expression tree to not include them, promoting - their from clause expressions and rewriting any column expressions that may have referenced them to now - reference the underlying data directly. - - - - - Attempts to rewrite cross-apply and outer-apply joins as inner and left-outer joins - - - - - rewrites nested projections into client-side joins - - - - - Formats a query expression into TSQL language syntax - - - - - Formats a query expression into TSQL language syntax - - - - - Extended node types for custom expressions - - - - - A custom expression node that represents a table reference in a SQL query - - - - - A custom expression node that represents a reference to a column in a SQL query - - - - - A declaration of a column in a SQL SELECT expression - - - - - An SQL OrderBy order type - - - - - A pairing of an expression and an order type for use in a SQL Order By clause - - - - - A custom expression node used to represent a SQL SELECT expression - - - - - A kind of SQL join - - - - - A custom expression node representing a SQL join clause - - - - - Allows is-null tests against value-types like int and float - - - - - A custom expression representing the construction of one or more result objects from a - SQL select expression - - - - - Holds list of tables, views, stored procedures, etc. - - - - - Initializes the shared connection. - - - - - - Initializes the shared connection. - - The shared connection string. - - - - - Resets the shared connection. - - - - - Adds the params. - - The CMD. - The qry. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether [current connection string is default]. - - - true if [current connection string is default]; otherwise, false. - - - - - Gets or sets the current shared connection. - - The current shared connection. - - - - For Jeff Atwood - http://www.codinghorror.com/blog/archives/000989.html - - - A class which wraps an inline SQL call - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - Warning: This method assumes the default provider is intended. - Call InlineQuery(string providerName) if this is not the case. - - The SQL. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The SQL. - The values. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The provider. - - - - Gets the command. - - - - - - Executes the specified SQL. - - - - - Executes the scalar. - - The type of the result. - - - - - Executes the typed list. - - - - - - - Executes the reader. - - - - - - TSQL specific QueryLanguage - - - - - Defines the language rules for the query provider - - - - - Determines whether the CLR type corresponds to a scalar data type in the query language - - - - - - - Determines whether the given expression can be represented as a column in a select expressionss - - - - - - - Provides language specific query translation. Use this to apply language specific rewrites or - to make assertions/validations about the query. - - - - - - - Converts the query expression into text of this query language - - - - - - - Determine which sub-expressions must be parameters - - - - - - - Rewrites nested singleton projection into server-side joins - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether this instance is numeric. - - - true if this instance is numeric; otherwise, false. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether this instance is date time. - - - true if this instance is date time; otherwise, false. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether this instance is string. - - true if this instance is string; otherwise, false. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether this instance is numeric. - - - true if this instance is numeric; otherwise, false. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether this instance is date time. - - - true if this instance is date time; otherwise, false. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether this instance is string. - - true if this instance is string; otherwise, false. - - - - Summary for the ReservedColumnName class - - - - - Returns Schema instance with empty lists. - - - - - Where, And, Or - - - - - WHERE operator - - - - - AND operator - - - - - OR Operator - - - - - SQL Comparison Operators - - - - - Summary for the SqlComparison class - - - - - A Class for handling SQL Constraint generation - - - - - The query that this constraint is operating on - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The condition. - Name of the constraint column. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The condition. - Name of the constraint column. - Name of the constraint qualified column. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The condition. - Name of the constraint column. - Name of the constraint qualified column. - The constraint construction fragment. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The condition. - Name of the constraint column. - The SQL query. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The condition. - Name of the constraint column. - Name of the constraint qualified column. - The constraint construction fragment. - The SQL query. - - - - Wheres the specified column name. - - Name of the column. - - - - - Ands the specified column name. - - Name of the column. - - - - - Ors the specified column name. - - Name of the column. - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the table. - - The name of the table. - - - - Gets the comparison operator. - - The comp. - - - - - Determines whether the specified is equal to the current . - - The to compare with the current . - - true if the specified is equal to the current ; otherwise, false. - - The parameter is null. - - - - Serves as a hash function for a particular type. - - - A hash code for the current . - - - - - Creates a LIKE statement. - - The val. - - - - - Creates a LIKE statement and appends a wildcard to the end of the passed-in value. - - The val. - - - - - Creates a LIKE statement and appends a wildcard to the end of the passed-in value. - - The val. - The wild card. - - - - - Creates a LIKE statement and appends a wildcard to the end of the passed-in value. - - The val. - - - - - Creates a NOT LIKE statement - - The val. - - - - - Determines whether [is greater than] [the specified val]. - - The val. - - - - - Determines whether [is greater than] [the specified val]. - - The val. - - - - - Specifies a SQL IN statement using a nested Select statement - - The select query. - - - - - Specifies a SQL IN statement - - Value array - - - - - Specifies a SQL IN statement - - Value array - - - - - Specifies a SQL IN statement using a nested Select statement - - The select query. - - - - - Specifies a SQL Not IN statement - - Value array - - - - - Specifies a SQL NOT IN statement - - Value array - - - - - Determines whether [is less than] [the specified val]. - - The val. - - - - - Determines whether [is less than] [the specified val]. - - The val. - - - - - Determines whether [is not null] [the specified val]. - - - - - - Determines whether the specified val is null. - - - - - - Determines whether [is between and] [the specified val1]. - - The val1. - The val2. - - - - - Determines whether [is equal to] [the specified val]. - - The val. - - - - - Determines whether [is not equal to] [the specified val]. - - The val. - - - - - Gets or sets the condition. - - The condition. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the column. - - The name of the column. - - - - Gets or sets the fully qualified name of the column. - - The name of the column. - - - - Gets or sets the string fragment used when assembling the text of query. - - The construction fragment. - - - - Gets or sets the comparison. - - The comparison. - - - - Gets or sets the parameter value. - - The parameter value. - - - - Gets or sets the start value. - - The start value. - - - - Gets or sets the end value. - - The end value. - - - - Gets or sets the in values. - - The in values. - - - - Gets or sets the in select. - - The in select. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the parameter. - - The name of the parameter. - - - - Gets or sets the type of the db. - - The type of the db. - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether this constraint is an Aggregate. - - - true if this instance is aggregate; otherwise, false. - - - - - Removes joins expressions that are identical to joins that already exist - - - - - Moves order-bys to the outermost select if possible - - - - - Add a sequence of order expressions to an accumulated list, prepending so as - to give precedence to the new expressions over any previous expressions - - - - - - Rebind order expressions to reference a new alias and add to column declarations if necessary - - - - - Writes out an expression tree (including DbExpression nodes) in a C#-ish syntax - - - - - Writes out an expression tree in a C#-ish syntax - - - - - Summary for the Numbers class - - - - - Determines whether a number is a natural number (positive, non-decimal) - - The s item. - - true if [is natural number] [the specified s item]; otherwise, false. - - - - - Determines whether [is whole number] [the specified s item]. - - The s item. - - true if [is whole number] [the specified s item]; otherwise, false. - - - - - Determines whether the specified s item is integer. - - The s item. - - true if the specified s item is integer; otherwise, false. - - - - - Determines whether the specified s item is number. - - The s item. - - true if the specified s item is number; otherwise, false. - - - - - Determines whether the specified value is an even number. - - The value. - - true if the specified value is even; otherwise, false. - - - - - Determines whether the specified value is an odd number. - - The value. - - true if the specified value is odd; otherwise, false. - - - - - Generates a random number with an upper bound - - The high. - - - - - Generates a random number between the specified bounds - - The low. - The high. - - - - - Generates a random double - - - - - - This set of classes abstracts out commands and their parameters so that - the DataProviders can work their magic regardless of the client type. The - System.Data.Common class was supposed to do this, but sort of fell flat - when it came to MySQL and other DB Providers that don't implement the Data - Factory pattern. Abstracts out the assignment of parameters, etc - - - - - Gets or sets the size. - - The size. - - - - Gets or sets the mode. - - The mode. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the parameter. - - The name of the parameter. - - - - Gets or sets the parameter value. - - The parameter value. - - - - Gets or sets the type of the data. - - The type of the data. - - - - Summary for the QueryParameterCollection class - - - - - Checks to see if specified parameter exists in the current collection - - - - - - - returns the specified QueryParameter, if it exists in this collection - - - - - - - Adds the specified parameter name. - - Name of the parameter. - The value. - - - - Adds the specified parameter name. - - Name of the parameter. - The value. - Type of the data. - - - - Adds the specified parameter name. - - Name of the parameter. - The value. - Type of the data. - The mode. - - - - Summary for the QueryCommandCollection class - - - - - Summary for the QueryCommand class - - - - - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The SQL. - The provider. - - - - Determines whether [has output params]. - - - true if [has output params]; otherwise, false. - - - - - Adds the parameter. The public AddParameter methods should call this one. - - Name of the parameter. - The parameter value. - Size of the max. - Type of the db. - The direction. - - - - Adds the parameter. - - Name of the parameter. - The parameter value. - Type of the data. - The parameter direction. - - - - Adds the parameter. - - Name of the parameter. - The parameter value. - Type of the data. - - - - Adds the parameter. - - Name of the parameter. - The parameter value. - - - - Adds the output parameter. - - Name of the parameter. - Size of the max. - Type of the db. - - - - Adds the output parameter. - - Name of the parameter. - Size of the max. - - - - Adds the output parameter. - - Name of the parameter. - - - - Adds the output parameter. - - Name of the parameter. - Type of the db. - - - - Adds a return parameter (RETURN_VALUE) to the command. - - - - - - Suggested by feroalien@hotmail.com - Issue 11 fix - - - - - - Gets or sets the command timeout (in seconds). - - The command timeout. - - - - Gets or sets the type of the command. - - The type of the command. - - - - Gets or sets the command SQL. - - The command SQL. - - - - Gets or sets the parameters. - - The parameters. - - - - Common interface for controlling defer-loadable types - - - - - A list implementation that is loaded the first the contents are examined - - - - - - Rewrites take and skip expressions into uses of TSQL row_number function - - - - - Adds relationship to query results depending on policy - - - - - Converts user arguments into named-value parameters - - - - - Result from calling ColumnProjector.ProjectColumns - - - - - Splits an expression into two parts - 1) a list of column declarations for sub-expressions that must be evaluated on the server - 2) a expression that describes how to combine/project the columns back together into the correct result - - - - - Nominator is a class that walks an expression tree bottom up, determining the set of - candidate expressions that are possible columns of a select expression - - - - - Summary for the Files class - - - - - Read a text file and obtain it's contents. - - The complete file path to write to. - String containing the content of the file. - - - - Creates or opens a file for writing and writes text to it. - - The complete file path to write to. - A String containing text to be written to the file. - - - - Update text within a file by replacing a substring within the file. - - The complete file path to write to. - A String to be replaced. - A String to replace all occurrences of lookFor. - - - - Writes out a string to a file. - - The complete file path to write to. - A String containing text to be written to the file. - - - - Fetches a web page - - The URL. - - - - - A holder for 1 or more queries to be executed together - - - - - Builds the SQL statement. - - - - - - Executes this instance. - - - - - - Executes the queries in and returns a multiple result set reader. - - - - - - Gets a command containing all the queued queries. - - - - - - Queues the specified query. - - The query. - - - - Queues the specified query. - - - The query. - - - - Queues a query for use in a transaction. - - The qry. - - - - Queues a query for use in a transaction. - - The CMD. - - - - Queues a query for use in a transaction. - - The SQL. - The parameters. - - - - Executes the transaction. - - - - - Enum for General SQL Functions - - - - - - - - - - Counts the specified col. - - The col. - - - - - Counts the specified col. - - The col. - The alias. - - - - - Counts the specified column name. - - Name of the column. - - - - - Counts the specified column name. - - Name of the column. - The alias. - - - - - Sums the specified col. - - The col. - - - - - Sums the specified column name. - - Name of the column. - - - - - Sums the specified col. - - The col. - The alias. - - - - - Sums the specified column name. - - Name of the column. - The alias. - - - - - Groups the by. - - The col. - - - - - Groups the by. - - Name of the column. - - - - - Groups the by. - - The col. - The alias. - - - - - Groups the by. - - Name of the column. - The alias. - - - - - Avgs the specified col. - - The col. - - - - - Avgs the specified column name. - - Name of the column. - - - - - Avgs the specified col. - - The col. - The alias. - - - - - Avgs the specified column name. - - Name of the column. - The alias. - - - - - Maxes the specified col. - - The col. - - - - - Maxes the specified column name. - - Name of the column. - - - - - Maxes the specified col. - - The col. - The alias. - - - - - Maxes the specified column name. - - Name of the column. - The alias. - - - - - Mins the specified col. - - The col. - - - - - Mins the specified column name. - - Name of the column. - - - - - Mins the specified col. - - The col. - The alias. - - - - - Mins the specified column name. - - Name of the column. - The alias. - - - - - Variances the specified col. - - The col. - - - - - Variances the specified column name. - - Name of the column. - - - - - Variances the specified col. - - The col. - The alias. - - - - - Variances the specified column name. - - Name of the column. - The alias. - - - - - Standards the deviation. - - The col. - - - - - Standards the deviation. - - Name of the column. - - - - - Standards the deviation. - - The col. - The alias. - - - - - Standards the deviation. - - Name of the column. - The alias. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the column. - Type of the aggregate. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - Name of the column. - The alias. - Type of the aggregate. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The column. - Type of the aggregate. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The column. - The alias. - Type of the aggregate. - - - - Gets the type of the function. - - The agg. - - - - - Gets the SQL function call without an alias. Example: AVG(UnitPrice). - - - - - - Overrides ToString() to return the SQL Function call - - - - - - Gets or sets the type of the aggregate. - - The type of the aggregate. - - - - Gets or sets the name of the column. - - The name of the column. - - - - Gets or sets the alias. - - The alias. - - - - returns the set of all aliases produced by a query source - - - - - Translates accesses to relationship members into projections or joins - - - - - Defines query execution and materialization policies. - - - - - Determines if a relationship property is to be included in the results of the query - - - - - - - Determines if a relationship property is included, but the query for the related data is - deferred until the property is first accessed. - - - - - - - Provides policy specific query translations. This is where choices about inclusion of related objects and how - heirarchies are materialized affect the definition of the queries. - - - - - - - Converts a query into an execution plan. The plan is an function that executes the query and builds the - resulting objects. - - - - - - - - The mapping related to the policy. - - - - - Determines if two expressions are equivalent. Supports DbExpression nodes. - - - - - Compare two expressions to determine if they are equivalent - - - - - Returns the SqlDbType for a give DbType - - - - - - Takes the properties of an object and turns them into SubSonic.Query.Constraint - - - - - - - Coerces an IDataReader to try and load an object using name/property matching - - - - - Loads a single primitive value type - - - - - - Toes the type of the enumerable value. - - - The IDataReader to read from. - - - - - Determines whether [is core system type] [the specified type]. - - The type. - - true if [is core system type] [the specified type]; otherwise, false. - - - - - Coerces an IDataReader to load an enumerable of T - - - - - - - Creates a typed list from an IDataReader - - - - - Builds a SubSonic UPDATE query from the passed-in object - - - - - Builds a SubSonic INSERT query from the passed-in object - - - - - Builds a SubSonic DELETE query from the passed-in object - - - - - Gets the type of the native. - - Type of the db. - - - - - Generates the columns. - - Table containing the columns. - - SQL fragment representing the supplied columns. - - - - - Builds a CREATE TABLE statement. - - - - - - - Sets the column attributes. - - The column. - - - - - Gets the type of the db. - - Type of my SQL. - - - - - Simple implementation of the IGrouping<TKey, TElement> interface - - - - - - - Rewrite aggregate expressions, moving them into same select expression that has the group-by clause - - - - - Replaces references to one specific instance of an expression node with another node. - Supports DbExpression nodes - - - - - Parses the object value. - - The expression. - - - - - Parses the passed-in Expression into exclusive (WHERE x=y) constraints. - - The exp. - - - - - Parses the passed-in Expression into exclusive (WHERE x=y) constraint. - - The expression. - - - - - Determines whether the specified exp is constraint. - - The exp. - - true if the specified exp is constraint; otherwise, false. - - - - - Gets the constant value. - - The exp. - - - - - Indicates that a per-thread shared DbConnection object should be used the default DataProvider - (or alternativley a specific DataProvider if one is given) when communicating with the database. - This class is designed to be used within a using () {} block and in conjunction with a TransactionScope object. - It's purpose is to force a common DbConnection object to be used which has the effect of avoiding promotion - of a System.Transaction ambient Transaction to the DTC where possible. - When this class is created, it indicates to the underlying DataProvider that is should use a shared DbConnection - for subsequent operations. When the class is disposed (ie the using() {} block ends) it will indicate to the - underlying provider that it should no longer it's current shared connection and should Dispose() it. - - - - - Used to support nesting. By keeping a stack of all instances of the class that are created on this thread - thread we know when it is safe to Reset the underlying shared connection. - - - - - Indicates to the default DataProvider that it should use a per-thread shared connection. - - - - - Indicates to the default DataProvider that it should use a per-thread shared connection using the given connection string. - - The connection string. - Name of the provider. - - - - Indicates to the specified DataProvider that it should use a per-thread shared connection. - - The data provider. - - - - Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. - - - - - Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources - - true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. - - - - Provides access to underlying connection that is shared per thread - - The current connection. - - - - Used within SubSonic to automatically manage a SqlConnection. If a shared connection is available - for the specified provider on the current thread, that shared connection will be used. - Otherwise, a new connection will be created. - Note that if a shared connection is used, it will NOT be automatically disposed - that is up to the caller. - Lifetime management of the shared connection is taken care of by using a - If a new connection is created, it will be automatically disposed when this AutomaticConnectionScope object - is disposed. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The provider. - - - - Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. - - - - - Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources - - true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. - - - - Gets the connection. - - - - - - - Gets the connection. - - The connection. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether this instance is using shared connection. - - - true if this instance is using shared connection; otherwise, false. - - - - - A basic abstract LINQ query provider - - - - - Optional interface for IQueryProvider to implement Query<T>'s QueryText property. - - - - - A LINQ IQueryable query provider that executes database queries over a DbConnection - - - - - DbQueryProvider constrcutor that allows for external control of policy - to allow for new types of databases. - - - - - Converts the query expression into text that corresponds to the command that would be executed. - Useful for debugging. - - - - - - - Execute the query expression (does translation, etc.) - - - - - - - Convert the query expression into an execution plan - - - - - - - Do all query translations execpt building the execution plan - - - - - - - Determines whether a given expression can be executed locally. - (It contains no parts that should be translated to the target environment.) - - - - - - - Execute an actual query specified in the target language using the sADO connection - - - - - - - - - Converts a data reader into a sequence of objects using a projector function on each row - - - The reader. - The fn projector. - - - - - Get an IEnumerable that will execute the specified query when enumerated - - - - - - - - - Get an ADO command object initialized with the command-text and parameters - - - - - - - - - Write a command to the log - - - - - - Summary for the SqlFragment class - - - - - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The provider. - - - - Validates the query. - - - - - Finds the column. - - Name of the column. - - - - - Wheres the specified column name. - - Name of the column. - - - - - Wheres the specified column. - - The column. - - - - - Wheres the specified agg. - - The agg. - - - - - Ors the specified column name. - - Name of the column. - - - - - Ors the specified column. - - The column. - - - - - Ors the specified agg. - - The agg. - - - - - Ors the expression. - - Name of the column. - - - - - Opens the expression. - - - - - - Closes the expression. - - - - - - Ands the specified column name. - - Name of the column. - - - - - Ands the specified column. - - The column. - - - - - Ands the specified agg. - - The agg. - - - - - Ands the expression. - - Name of the column. - - - - - Returns the currently set SQL statement for this query object - - - - - - Builds the SQL statement. - - - - - - Froms the specified TBL. - - The TBL. - - - - - Froms the specified TBL. - - Name of the table. - - - - - Froms the specified TBL. - - - - - - - Creates an inner join based on the passed-in column names - - - - - - - - - Creates an Inner Join, guessing based on Primary Key matching - - - - - - - Inners the join. - - From column. - To column. - - - - - Outers the join. - - From column. - To column. - - - - - Crosses the join. - - From column. - To column. - - - - - Lefts the inner join. - - From column. - To column. - - - - - Rights the inner join. - - From column. - To column. - - - - - Lefts the outer join. - - From column. - To column. - - - - - Rights the outer join. - - From column. - To column. - - - - - Nots the equal join. - - From column. - To column. - - - - - Orders the asc. - - The columns. - - - - - Orders the desc. - - The columns. - - - - - Pageds the specified current page. - - The current page. - Size of the page. - - - - - Pageds the specified current page. - - The current page. - Size of the page. - The id column. - - - - - Executes this instance. - - - - - - Executes the reader. - - - - - - Executes the scalar. - - - - - - Executes the scalar. - - The type of the result. - - - - - Gets the record count. - - - - - - Executes the typed list. - - - - - - - Executes the typed list. - - - - - - - Executes the query and returns the result as a single item of T - - The type of item to return - - - - Executes the transaction. - - The queries. - - - - Executes the transaction. - - The queries. - Name of the connection string. - - - - Gets or sets the open paren count. - - The open paren count. - - - - Gets or sets the closed paren count. - - The closed paren count. - - - - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The query. - - - - Builds the paged select statement. - - - - - - Builds the insert statement. - - - - - - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The table. - The provider. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - A default implementation of IQueryable for use with QueryProvider - - - - - Duplicate the query expression by making a copy with new table aliases - - - - - Summary for the Validation class - - - - - Determines whether the specified eval string contains only alpha characters. - - The eval string. - - true if the specified eval string is alpha; otherwise, false. - - - - - Determines whether the specified eval string contains only alphanumeric characters - - The eval string. - - true if the string is alphanumeric; otherwise, false. - - - - - Determines whether the specified eval string contains only alphanumeric characters - - The eval string. - if set to true [allow spaces]. - - true if the string is alphanumeric; otherwise, false. - - - - - Determines whether the specified eval string contains only numeric characters - - The eval string. - - true if the string is numeric; otherwise, false. - - - - - Determines whether the specified email address string is valid based on regular expression evaluation. - - The email address string. - - true if the specified email address is valid; otherwise, false. - - - - - Determines whether the specified string is lower case. - - The input string. - - true if the specified string is lower case; otherwise, false. - - - - - Determines whether the specified string is upper case. - - The input string. - - true if the specified string is upper case; otherwise, false. - - - - - Determines whether the specified string is a valid GUID. - - The GUID. - - true if the specified string is a valid GUID; otherwise, false. - - - - - Determines whether the specified string is a valid US Zip Code, using either 5 or 5+4 format. - - The zip code. - - true if it is a valid zip code; otherwise, false. - - - - - Determines whether the specified string is a valid US Zip Code, using the 5 digit format. - - The zip code. - - true if it is a valid zip code; otherwise, false. - - - - - Determines whether the specified string is a valid US Zip Code, using the 5+4 format. - - The zip code. - - true if it is a valid zip code; otherwise, false. - - - - - Determines whether the specified string is a valid Social Security number. Dashes are optional. - - The Social Security Number - - true if it is a valid Social Security number; otherwise, false. - - - - - Determines whether the specified string is a valid IP address. - - The ip address. - - true if valid; otherwise, false. - - - - - Determines whether the specified string is a valid US phone number using the referenced regex string. - - The telephone number. - - true if valid; otherwise, false. - - - - - Determines whether the specified string is a valid currency string using the referenced regex string. - - The currency string. - - true if valid; otherwise, false. - - - - - Determines whether the specified string is a valid URL string using the referenced regex string. - - The URL string. - - true if valid; otherwise, false. - - - - - Determines whether the specified string is consider a strong password based on the supplied string. - - The password. - - true if strong; otherwise, false. - - - - - Determines whether the specified string is a valid credit, based on matching any one of the eight credit card strings - - The credit card. - - true if valid; otherwise, false. - - - - - Determines whether the specified string is an American Express, Discover, MasterCard, or Visa - - The credit card. - - true if valid; otherwise, false. - - - - - Determines whether the specified string is an American Express card - - The credit card. - - true if valid; otherwise, false. - - - - - Determines whether the specified string is an Carte Blanche card - - The credit card. - - true if valid; otherwise, false. - - - - - Determines whether the specified string is an Diner's Club card - - The credit card. - - true if valid; otherwise, false. - - - - - Determines whether the specified string is a Discover card - - The credit card. - - true if valid; otherwise, false. - - - - - Determines whether the specified string is an En Route card - - The credit card. - - true if valid; otherwise, false. - - - - - Determines whether the specified string is an JCB card - - The credit card. - - true if valid; otherwise, false. - - - - - Determines whether the specified string is a Master Card credit card - - The credit card. - - true if valid; otherwise, false. - - - - - Determines whether the specified string is Visa card. - - The credit card. - - true if valid; otherwise, false. - - - - - Cleans the credit card number, returning just the numeric values. - - The credit card. - - - - - Determines whether the credit card number, once cleaned, passes the Luhn algorith. - See: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Luhn_algorithm - - The credit card number. - - - - - Determines whether the specified int array passes the Luhn algorith - - The int array to evaluate - - true if it validates; otherwise, false. - - - - - Determine whether the passed string is numeric, by attempting to parse it to a double - - The string to evaluated for numeric conversion - - true if the string can be converted to a number; otherwise, false. - - - - - Executes the specified SQL. - - - - - Executes the scalar. - - The type of the result. - - - - - Executes the typed list. - - - - - - - Executes the reader. - - - - - - Type related helper methods - - - - - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The provider. - The columns. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The aggregates. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The provider. - The aggregates. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The columns. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - WARNING: This overload should only be used with applications that use a single provider! - - The columns. - - - - Alls the columns from. - - - - - - - Expressions the specified SQL expression. - - The SQL expression. - - - - - Tops the specified top. - - The top. - - - - - Removes the column. - - - - - - - - Sets the column attributes. - - The column. - - - - - Gets the type of the db. - - Type of the SQL. - - - - - Type related helper methods - - - - - Replaces references to one specific instance of an expression node with another node - - - - - TSQL specific QueryLanguage - - - - - returns the set of all aliases produced by a query source - - - - - Creates a set of SQL commands for synchronizing your database with your object set - - - - - Builds the delete query. - - The item. - - - - - Builds the insert query. - - The item. - - - - - Builds the update query. - - The item. - - - - - Creates a reusable, parameterized representation of a query that caches the execution plan - - - - - Summary for the Dates class - - - - - Returns a date in the past by days. - - The days. - - - - - Returns a date in the future by days. - - The days. - - - - - Returns a date in the past by hours. - - The hours. - - - - - Returns a date in the future by hours. - - The hours. - - - - - Returns a date in the past by minutes - - The minutes. - - - - - Returns a date in the future by minutes. - - The minutes. - - - - - Gets a date in the past according to seconds - - The seconds. - - - - - Gets a date in the future by seconds. - - The seconds. - - - - - Diffs the specified date. - - The date one. - The date two. - - - - - Returns a double indicating the number of days between two dates (past is negative) - - The date one. - The date two. - - - - - Returns a double indicating the number of days between two dates (past is negative) - - The date one. - The date two. - - - - - Returns a double indicating the number of days between two dates (past is negative) - - The date one. - The date two. - - - - - Returns a double indicating the number of days between two dates (past is negative) - - The date one. - The date two. - - - - - Returns a double indicating the number of days between two dates (past is negative) - - The date one. - The date two. - - - - - Returns a double indicating the number of days between two dates (past is negative) - - The date one. - The date two. - - - - - Displays the difference in time between the two dates. Return example is "12 years 4 months 24 days 8 hours 33 minutes 5 seconds" - - The start time. - The end time. - - - - - Counts the number of weekdays between two dates. - - The start time. - The end time. - - - - - Counts the number of weekends between two dates. - - The start time. - The end time. - - - - - Verifies if the object is a date - - The dt. - - true if the specified dt is date; otherwise, false. - - - - - Checks to see if the date is a week day (Mon - Fri) - - The dt. - - true if [is week day] [the specified dt]; otherwise, false. - - - - - Checks to see if the date is Saturday or Sunday - - The dt. - - true if [is week end] [the specified dt]; otherwise, false. - - - - - Displays the difference in time between the two dates. Return example is "12 years 4 months 24 days 8 hours 33 minutes 5 seconds" - - The start time. - The end time. - - - - - Given a datetime object, returns the formatted month and day, i.e. "April 15th" - - The date to extract the string from - - - - - Given a datetime object, returns the formatted day, "15th" - - The date to extract the string from - - - - - Remove leading strings with zeros and adjust for singular/plural - - The STR. - The previous STR. - The t. - - - - - An enumeration value for no options configured. - - - - - The default set of options (right now the same as none). - - - - - Use this flag to let the repository run migrations. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Removes select expressions that don't add any additional semantic value - - - - - Rewrite all column references to one or more aliases to a new single alias - - - - - Summary for the Inflector class - - - - - Initializes the class. - - - - - Adds the irregular rule. - - The singular. - The plural. - - - - Adds the unknown count rule. - - The word. - - - - Adds the plural rule. - - The rule. - The replacement. - - - - Adds the singular rule. - - The rule. - The replacement. - - - - Makes the plural. - - The word. - - - - - Makes the singular. - - The word. - - - - - Applies the rules. - - The rules. - The word. - - - - - Converts the string to title case. - - The word. - - - - - Converts the string to human case. - - The lowercase and underscored word. - - - - - Convert string to proper case - - The source string. - - - - - Converts the string to pascal case. - - The lowercase and underscored word. - - - - - Converts text to pascal case... - - The text. - if set to true [remove underscores]. - - - - - Converts the string to camel case. - - The lowercase and underscored word. - - - - - Adds the underscores. - - The pascal cased word. - - - - - Makes the initial caps. - - The word. - - - - - Makes the initial lower case. - - The word. - - - - - Adds the ordinal suffix. - - The number. - - - - - Converts the underscores to dashes. - - The underscored word. - - - - - Summary for the InflectorRule class - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The regex pattern. - The replacement text. - - - - Applies the specified word. - - The word. - - - - - Process the passed-in LINQ expression - - - - - - Sets the column attributes. - - The column. - - - - - Gets the type of the db. - - Type of the SQL. - - - - - A Repository class which wraps the a Database by type - - - - - Loads a T object - - - The item. - The column. - The value. - - - - - Loads a T object - - - The item. - The expression. - - - - - Returns all T items - - - - - Returns a single record - - - - - Returns a server-side Paged List - - - - - Returns a server-side Paged List - - - - - Returns a server-side Paged List - - - - - Returns an IQueryable based on the passed-in Expression Chinook Database - - - - - Returns an IQueryable based on the passed-in Expression Chinook Database - - - - - Adds a T item to the db - - - - - Adds a T item to the db - - - - - Adds a bunch of T items - - - - - Adds a bunch of T items - - - - - Updates the passed-in T - - - - - Updates the passed-in T - - - - - Updates the passed-in T - - - - - Updates the passed-in T - - - - - Deletes the passed-in T items - - - - - Deletes the passed-in T items - - - - - Deletes the passed-in T item - - - - - Deletes the passed-in T item - - - - - Deletes the T item by Primary Key - - - - - Deletes the T item by Primary Key - - - - - Deletes 0 to n T items from the Database based on the passed-in Expression - - - - - Deletes 0 to n T items from the Database based on the passed-in Expression - - - - - Singles the specified expression. - - - The expression. - - - - - Singles the specified key. - - - The key. - - - - - Retrieves subset of records from the database matching the expression - - - - - Gets the paged. - - - Index of the page. - Size of the page. - - - - - Gets the paged. - - - The sort by. - Index of the page. - Size of the page. - - - - - Adds the specified item, setting the key if available. - - - The item. - - - - - Adds a lot of the items using a transaction. - - - The items. - - - - Updates the specified item. - - - The item. - - - - - Updates lots of items using a transaction. - - - The items. - - - - - Deletes the specified key. - - - The key. - - - - - Deletes 1 or more items. - - - The expression. - - - - - Deletes 1 or more items. - - - The items. - - - - - Migrates this instance. - - - - - - Rewrites an expression tree so that locally isolatable sub-expressions are evaluated and converted into ConstantExpression nodes. - - - - - Performs evaluation and replacement of independent sub-trees - - The root of the expression tree. - A function that decides whether a given expression node can be part of the local function. - A new tree with sub-trees evaluated and replaced. - - - - Performs evaluation and replacement of independent sub-trees - - The root of the expression tree. - A new tree with sub-trees evaluated and replaced. - - - - Evaluates and replaces sub-trees when first candidate is reached (top-down) - - - - - Performs bottom-up analysis to determine which nodes can possibly - be part of an evaluated sub-tree. - - - - - Formats a query expression into TSQL language syntax - - - - - TSQL specific QueryLanguage - - - - - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The query. - - - - Gets the type of the native. - - Type of the db. - - - - - Generates SQL for all the columns in table - - Table containing the columns. - - SQL fragment representing the supplied columns. - - - - - Generates from list. - - - - - - Sets the column attributes. - - The column. - - - - - Builds the paged select statement. - - - - - - Finds the first sub-expression that accesses a Query<T> object - - - - - Removes column declarations in SelectExpression's that are not referenced - - - - diff --git a/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/TvdbLib.dll b/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/TvdbLib.dll deleted file mode 100644 index d453dceae..000000000 Binary files a/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/TvdbLib.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/TvdbLib.pdb b/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/TvdbLib.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index f03763a1e..000000000 Binary files a/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/TvdbLib.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/TvdbLib.xml b/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/TvdbLib.xml deleted file mode 100644 index d8c5c1e0b..000000000 --- a/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/TvdbLib.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8138 +0,0 @@ - - - - TvdbLib - - - - - An input buffer customised for use by - - - The buffer supports decryption of incoming data. - - - - - Initialise a new instance of with a default buffer size - - The stream to buffer. - - - - Initialise a new instance of - - The stream to buffer. - The size to use for the buffer - A minimum buffer size of 1KB is permitted. Lower sizes are treated as 1KB. - - - - Call passing the current clear text buffer contents. - - The inflater to set input for. - - - - Fill the buffer from the underlying input stream. - - - - - Read a buffer directly from the input stream - - The buffer to fill - Returns the number of bytes read. - - - - Read a buffer directly from the input stream - - The buffer to read into - The offset to start reading data into. - The number of bytes to read. - Returns the number of bytes read. - - - - Read clear text data from the input stream. - - The buffer to add data to. - The offset to start adding data at. - The number of bytes to read. - Returns the number of bytes actually read. - - - - Read a from the input stream. - - Returns the byte read. - - - - Read an in little endian byte order. - - The short value read case to an int. - - - - Read an in little endian byte order. - - The int value read. - - - - Read a in little endian byte order. - - The long value read. - - - - Get the length of bytes bytes in the - - - - - Get the contents of the raw data buffer. - - This may contain encrypted data. - - - - Get the number of useable bytes in - - - - - Get the contents of the clear text buffer. - - - - - Get/set the number of bytes available - - - - - Get/set the to apply to any data. - - Set this value to null to have no transform applied. - - - - This filter stream is used to decompress data compressed using the "deflate" - format. The "deflate" format is described in RFC 1951. - - This stream may form the basis for other decompression filters, such - as the GZipInputStream. - - Author of the original java version : John Leuner. - - - - - Create an InflaterInputStream with the default decompressor - and a default buffer size of 4KB. - - - The InputStream to read bytes from - - - - - Create an InflaterInputStream with the specified decompressor - and a default buffer size of 4KB. - - - The source of input data - - - The decompressor used to decompress data read from baseInputStream - - - - - Create an InflaterInputStream with the specified decompressor - and the specified buffer size. - - - The InputStream to read bytes from - - - The decompressor to use - - - Size of the buffer to use - - - - - Skip specified number of bytes of uncompressed data - - - Number of bytes to skip - - - The number of bytes skipped, zero if the end of - stream has been reached - - - The number of bytes to skip is less than or equal to zero. - - - - - Clear any cryptographic state. - - - - - Fills the buffer with more data to decompress. - - - Stream ends early - - - - - Flushes the baseInputStream - - - - - Sets the position within the current stream - Always throws a NotSupportedException - - The relative offset to seek to. - The defining where to seek from. - The new position in the stream. - Any access - - - - Set the length of the current stream - Always throws a NotSupportedException - - The new length value for the stream. - Any access - - - - Writes a sequence of bytes to stream and advances the current position - This method always throws a NotSupportedException - - Thew buffer containing data to write. - The offset of the first byte to write. - The number of bytes to write. - Any access - - - - Writes one byte to the current stream and advances the current position - Always throws a NotSupportedException - - The byte to write. - Any access - - - - Entry point to begin an asynchronous write. Always throws a NotSupportedException. - - The buffer to write data from - Offset of first byte to write - The maximum number of bytes to write - The method to be called when the asynchronous write operation is completed - A user-provided object that distinguishes this particular asynchronous write request from other requests - An IAsyncResult that references the asynchronous write - Any access - - - - Closes the input stream. When - is true the underlying stream is also closed. - - - - - Reads decompressed data into the provided buffer byte array - - - The array to read and decompress data into - - - The offset indicating where the data should be placed - - - The number of bytes to decompress - - The number of bytes read. Zero signals the end of stream - - Inflater needs a dictionary - - - - - Decompressor for this stream - - - - - Input buffer for this stream. - - - - - Base stream the inflater reads from. - - - - - The compressed size - - - - - Flag indicating wether this instance has been closed or not. - - - - - Flag indicating wether this instance is designated the stream owner. - When closing if this flag is true the underlying stream is closed. - - - - - Get/set flag indicating ownership of underlying stream. - When the flag is true will close the underlying stream also. - - - The default value is true. - - - - - Returns 0 once the end of the stream (EOF) has been reached. - Otherwise returns 1. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the current stream supports reading - - - - - Gets a value of false indicating seeking is not supported for this stream. - - - - - Gets a value of false indicating that this stream is not writeable. - - - - - A value representing the length of the stream in bytes. - - - - - The current position within the stream. - Throws a NotSupportedException when attempting to set the position - - Attempting to set the position - - - - Class representing the result of a tvdb name query -> for further information - visit http://thetvdb.com/wiki/index.php/API:GetSeries - - - - - TvdbSearchResult constructor - - - - - TvdbSearchResult constructor - - Id of series - - - - Id of the returned series - - - - - Name of the returned series - - - - - When was the returned series aired first - - - - - Language of the returned series - - - - - Overview of the returned series - - - - - Banner of the returned series - - - - - Imdb id of the returned series - - - - - A cache provider stores and loads the data that has been previously retrieved from http://thetvdb.com. - - - - - Initialises the cache, should do the following things - - initialise connections used for this cache provider (db connections, network shares,...) - - create folder structure / db tables / ... if they are not created already - - if this is the first time the cache has been initialised (built), mark last_updated with the - current date - - TvdbData object - - - - Closes the cache (e.g. close open connection, etc.) - - true if successful, false otherwise - - - - Completely refreshes the cache (all stored information is lost) - - true if the cache was cleared successfully, - false otherwise (e.g. no write rights,...) - - - - Remove a specific series from cache - - the id of the series - true if the series was removed from the cache successfully, - false otherwise (e.g. series not cached) - - - - Loads all cached series from cache -> can take a while - - The loaded TvdbData object - - - - Loads the available languages from cache - - A list of TvdbLanguage objects from cache or null - - - - Loads all series from cache - - A list of TvdbSeries objects from cache or null - - - - Load the give series from cache - - Id of the series to load - The TvdbSeries object from cache or null - - - - Load user info from cache - - Id of the user - TvdbUser object or null if the user couldn't be loaded - - - - Saves cache settings - - settings - - - - Save the language to cache - - List of languages that are available on http://thetvdb.com - - - - Saves the series to cache - - TvdbSeries object - - - - Saves the user data to cache - - TvdbUser object - - - - Save the given image to cache - - banner to save - id of series - filename (will be the same name used by LoadImageFromCache) - - - - Loads the specified image from the cache - - series id - filename of the image (same one as used by SaveToCache) - The loaded image or null if the image wasn't found - - - - Receives a list of all series that have been cached - - A list of series that have been already stored with this cache provider - - - - Check if the series is cached in the given configuration - - Id of the series - Language of the series - are episodes loaded - are banners loaded - are actors loaded - true if the series is cached, false otherwise - - - - Removes the specified image from cache (if it has been cached) - - id of series - name of image - true if image was removed successfully, false otherwise (e.g. image didn't exist) - - - - Is the cache provider initialised - - - - - Class representing an episode with all the information that can be retrieved from http://thetvdb.com.
-
- Those are:
- 332179
-
-
-
-
- |Joseph McGinty Nichol|
- Chuck Versus the World
- 1
- 2007-09-24
- |Julia Ling|Vik Sahay|Mieko Hillman|
-
- English
- Chuck Bartowski is an average computer geek...
-
- 9.0
- 1
- |Josh Schwartz|Chris Fedak|
-
-
-
-
- episodes/80348-332179.jpg
- 1201292806
- 27985
- 80348
- - ]]> - Additionally the banner image is stored -
-
- - - Default constructor for the TvdbEpisode class - - - - - Returns a short description of the episode (e.g. 1x20 Episodename) - - short description of the episode - - - - Updates all information of this episode from the given - episode... - - new episode - - - - if the episode is a special episode -> Before which season did - it air - - - - - if the episode is a special episode -> Before which episode did - it air - - - - - if the episode is a special episode -> After which season did - it air - - - - - Is the episode a special episode - - The fields airsafter_season, airsbefore_episode, and airsbefore_season will only be included when the episode is listed as a special. Specials are also listed as being in season 0, so they're easy to identify and sort. - - - - - Which DVD season is this episode - - - - - The Dvd Episode Number - - - - - The DVD Disc Id - - - - - The chapter of this episode on the dvd - - - - - unique tvdb Id of this episode - - - - - Id of series this episode belongs to - - - - - Id of season this episode belong to - - - - - When was the episode last updated - - - - - Path to the banner image on http://thetvdb.com - - - - - The absolute number of the episode - - - - - List of writers for this episode - - - - - Season number of this episode - - - - - Rating for this episode - - - - - Production code for this episode - - - - - Overview of this episode - - - - - Language of this episode - - - - - Imdb number of this episode - - - - - List of guest stars that appeared in this episode - - - - - When did the episode air first - - - - - Episode number - - - - - Name of the episode - - - - - List of directors for this episode - - - - - n/a - - - - - n/a - - - - - Formatted String of writers for this episode in the - format | writer1 | writer2 | writer3 | - - - - - Formatted String of guest stars that appeared during this episode in the - format | gueststar1 | gueststar2 | gueststar3 | - - - - - Formatted String of directors of this episode in the - format | director1 | director2 | director3 | - - - - - The episode image banner - - - - - While one would think that the episode number would be a simple affair there are several different ways that someone might choose to number the episodes on this site episodes are numbered in the order they aired on TV. That being said the site does provide two alternative numbering methods.

- 1. Absolute Episode Order
- 2. DVD Release Order
-
- More information on the topic can be found at: http://thetvdb.com/wiki/index.php/Category:Episodes -
-
- - - Default order used by thetvdb - - - - - As everyone knows series can air on tv in an order completely different than the one intended by the series creator. Firefly being the most often discussed example on this site. Therefore we have provided a method for entering this "Correct" order. See also http://thetvdb.com/wiki/index.php/DVD_Order - - - - - The standard for this site is the the primary episode number is representative of the shows aired order. But as any Anime fan will tell you Anime episodes are usually numbered without seasons and go from episode 1 to whatever the final episode is, often into the hundreds. Most western broadcasters however do break these shows into seasons, so in order to accommodate this alternate numbering scheme an additional field Absolute Number is available. While this system is primarily intended for Anime series that don't really have seasons, it will work for any program. To use this interface there is no alternate season number only the absolute episode number. Numbering continues on from season to season. So if season 1 ends with 25 then season 2 begins with 26. So for example Bleach is currently in it's "sixth season" but season 5 episode 14 Shock! The Father's True Character is actually episode 111. - - - - - Exception thrown when no user has been found - - - - - Base excpetion for tvdblib - - - - - TvdbException constructor - - Message - - - - TvdbException constructor - - - - - TvdbUserNotFoundException constructor - - Message - - - - A function has been called that needs an initialised cache but the InitCache function - hasn't been called yet - - - - - TvdbCacheNotInitialisedException constructor - - Message - - - - TvdbCacheNotInitialisedException constructor - - - - - Tvdb Handler for handling all features that are available on http://thetvdb.com/ - - http://thetvdb.com/ is an open database that can be modified by anybody. All content and images on the site have been contributed by our users. The database schema and website are open source under the GPL, and are available at Sourceforge. - The site also has a full XML API that allows other software and websites to use this information. The API is currently being used by the myTV add-in for Windows Media Center, XBMC (formerly XBox Media Center); the meeTVshows and TVNight plugins for Meedio; the MP-TVSeries plugin for MediaPortal; Boxee; and many more. - - - - - Creates a new Tvdb handler - The tvdb handler is used not only for downloading data from thetvdb but also to cache the downloaded data to a persistent storage, - handle user specific tasks and keep the downloaded data consistent with the online data (via the updates api) - - The api key used for downloading data from thetvdb -> see http://thetvdb.com/wiki/index.php/Programmers_API - - - - Creates a new Tvdb handler - - The cache provider used to store the information - Api key to use for this project - - - - Load previously stored information on (except series information) from cache - - true if cache could be loaded successfully, false otherwise - - - - Completely refreshes the cache (all stored information is lost) -> cache - must be initialised to call this method - - true if the cache was cleared successfully, - false otherwise (e.g. no write rights,...) - - - - Search for a seris on tvdb using the name of the series using the default language (english) - - Name of series - List of possible hits (containing only very basic information (id, name,....) - - - - Search for a seris on tvdb using the name of the series - - Name of series - Language to search in - List of possible hits (containing only very basic information (id, name,....) - - - - Searches for a series by the id of an external provider - - external provider - id of the series - The tvdb series that corresponds to the external id - - - - Gets the series with the given id either from cache (if it has already been loaded) or from - the selected tvdb mirror. - - To check if this series has already been cached, use the Method IsCached(TvdbSeries _series) - - Tvdb is not available - The given api key is not valid - id of series - language that should be retrieved - if true, the full series record will be loaded (series + all episodes), otherwise only the base record will be loaded which contains only series information - if true also loads the extended actor information - if true also loads the paths to the banners - Instance of TvdbSeries containing all gained information - - - - Gets the series with the given id either from cache (if it has already been loaded) or from - the selected tvdb mirror. If this series is not already cached and the series has to be - downloaded, the zipped version will be downloaded - - To check if this series has already been cached, use the Method IsCached(TvdbSeries _series) - - Tvdb is not available - The given api key is not valid - id of series - language that should be retrieved - Instance of TvdbSeries containing all gained information - - - - Gets the series with the given id either from cache (if it has already been loaded) or from - the selected tvdb mirror. If you use zip the request automatically downloads the episodes, the actors and the banners, so you should also select those features. - - To check if this series has already been cached, use the Method IsCached(TvdbSeries _series) - - Tvdb is not available - The given api key is not valid - id of series - language abbriviation of the series that should be retrieved - if true, the full series record will be loaded (series + all episodes), otherwise only the base record will be loaded which contains only series information - if true also loads the paths to the banners - if true also loads the extended actor information - If this series is not already cached and the series has to be downloaded, the zipped version will be downloaded - Instance of TvdbSeries containing all gained information - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The stored api key is invalid - The tvdb database is unavailable - - - - Gets the full series (including episode information and actors) with the given id either from cache - (if it has already been loaded) or from the selected tvdb mirror. - - To check if this series has already been cached, pleas use the Method IsCached(TvdbSeries _series) - - Tvdb is not available - The given api key is not valid - id of series - language that should be retrieved - if true also loads the paths to the banners - Instance of TvdbSeries containing all gained information - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The stored api key is invalid - The tvdb database is unavailable - - - - Gets the basic series (without episode information and actors) with the given id either from cache - (if it has already been loaded) or from the selected tvdb mirror. - - To check if this series has already been cached, please use the Method IsCached(TvdbSeries _series) - - Tvdb is not available - The given api key is not valid - id of series - language that should be retrieved - if true also loads the paths to the banners - Instance of TvdbSeries containing all gained information - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The stored api key is invalid - The tvdb database is unavailable - - - - Returns if the series is locally cached - - Id of the series - Language - Load Episodes - Load Actors - Load Banners - True if the series is cached in the given configuration - - - - Retrieve the episode with the given id in the given language. - - Note that the episode is always downloaded from thetvdb since it would - be practical to load each and every cached series to look for the - episode id - - id of the episode - languageof the episode - The retrieved episode - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The episode/series/banner couldn't be located on the tvdb server. - Exception is thrown when thetvdb isn't available. - - - - Retrieve the episode with the given parameters. This function will find - episodes that are already cached. - - id of the series - season number of the episode - number of the episode - language of the episode - The sorting order that should be user when downloading the episode - The retrieved episode - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The episode/series/banner couldn't be located on the tvdb server. - Exception is thrown when thetvdb isn't available. - - - - Retrieve the episode with the given parameters. - - id of the series - When did the episode air - language of the episode - The given api key is not valid - The retrieved episode - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The episode/series/banner couldn't be located on the tvdb server. - Exception is thrown when thetvdb isn't available. - - - - Get the series from cache - - Id of series - - - - - Update all the series (not using zip) with the updated information - - true if the update was successful, false otherwise - - - - Update all the series with the updated information - - download zipped file? - In order to update, the cache has to be initialised - true if the update was successful, false otherwise - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The stored api key is invalid - Exception is thrown when thetvdb isn't available. - - - - Update all the series with the updated information - - download zipped file? - Specifies the interval of the update (day, week, month) - true if the update was successful, false otherwise - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The stored api key is invalid - Exception is thrown when thetvdb isn't available. - In order to update, the cache has to be initialised - - - - Update all the series with the updated information - - download zipped file? - Specifies the interval of the update (day, week, month) - If yes, will reload all series that haven't been updated longer than the update period (which means - that only a reload can guarantee that the data is up to date. Should only be used when the data hasn't - been updated for over a month (otherwise use monthly updates) - true if the update was successful, false otherwise - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The stored api key is invalid - Exception is thrown when thetvdb isn't available. - In order to update, the cache has to be initialised - - - - Gets the date of the last (successfull) update from thetvdb - - Date of last update or null if no previous update or cache not initialised - - - - Aborts the currently running Update - - if true, all changes that have already been - made will be saved to cache, if not they will be discarded - - - - Make the update - - interval of update - zipped downloading yes/no - true if successful, false otherwise - - - - Update the series with the banner - - - - true, if the banner was updated successfully, false otherwise - - - - Update the series with the episode (Add it to the series if it doesn't already exist or update the episode if the current episode is older than the updated one) - - Series of the updating episode - Episode that is updated - Progress of the update run - Description of the current update - true if episode has been updated, false if not (e.g. timestamp of updated episode older than - timestamp of existing episode - - - - Download the new series and update the information - - Series to update - When was the last update made - The progress done until now - true if the series has been upated false if not - - - - Reloads all language definitions from tvdb - - true if successful, false otherwise - - - - Closes the cache provider (should be called before exiting the application) - - - - - Returns all series id's that are already cached in memory or locally via the cacheprovider - - List of loaded series - - - - Forces a complete reload of the series. All information that has already been loaded (including loaded images!) will be deleted and reloaded from tvdb -> if you only want to update the series, use the "MakeUpdate" method - - Series to reload - The new TvdbSeries object - - - - Forces a complete reload of the series. All information that has already been loaded will be deleted and reloaded from tvdb -> if you only want to update the series, use the "MakeUpdate" method - - Series to reload - If yes, also deletes previously loaded images - The new TvdbSeries object - - - - Forces a complete reload of the series. All information that has already been loaded (including loaded images!) will be deleted and reloaded from tvdb -> if you only want to update the series, use the "MakeUpdate" method - - Series to update - Should episodes be loaded as well - Should actors be loaded as well - Should banners be loaded as well - The new TvdbSeries object - - - - Forces a complete reload of the series. All information that has already been loaded will be deleted and reloaded from tvdb -> if you only want to update the series, use the "MakeUpdate" method - - Series to update - Should episodes be loaded as well - Should actors be loaded as well - Should banners be loaded as well - If yes, also deletes previously loaded images - The new TvdbSeries object - - - - Gets the preferred language of the user - - user information has to be set, otherwise TvdbUserNotFoundException is thrown - - preferred language of user - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The user doesn't exist - The tvdb database is unavailable - - - - Check if series is in the list of favorites - - - - - - - - Gets a list of IDs of the favorite series of the user - - id list of favorite series - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The user doesn't exist - The tvdb database is unavailable - - - - Get the favorite series of the user (only basic series information will be loaded) - - Which language should be used - List of favorite series - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The user doesn't exist - The tvdb database is unavailable - - - - Adds the series id to the users list of favorites and returns the new list of - favorites - - series to add to the favorites - new list with all favorites - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The user doesn't exist - The tvdb database is unavailable - - - - Adds the series to the users list of favorites and returns the new list of - favorites - - series to add to the favorites - new list with all favorites - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The user doesn't exist - The tvdb database is unavailable - - - - Removes the series id from the users list of favorites and returns the new list of - favorites - - series to remove from the favorites - new list with all favorites - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The user doesn't exist - The tvdb database is unavailable - - - - Removes the series from the users list of favorites and returns the new list of - favorites - - series to remove from the favorites - new list with all favorites - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The user doesn't exist - The tvdb database is unavailable - - - - Rate the given series - - series id - The rating we want to give for this series - Current rating of the series - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The user doesn't exist - Exception is thrown when thetvdb isn't available. - - - - Rate the given episode - - Episode Id - Rating we want to give for episode - Current rating of episode - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The user doesn't exist - Exception is thrown when thetvdb isn't available. - - - - Gets all series this user has already ratet - - Thrown when no user is set - A list of all rated series - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The user doesn't exist - Exception is thrown when thetvdb isn't available. - - - - Gets all series this user has already ratet - - Id of series - Thrown when no user is set - A list of all ratings for the series - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The user doesn't exist - Exception is thrown when thetvdb isn't available. - - - - Called whenever an running update makes any progress - - - - - Called when a running update finishes, UpdateFinishedEventArgs gives an overview - of the update - - - - - UserInfo for this tvdb handler - - - - - Unique id for every project that is using thetvdb - - More information on: http://thetvdb.com/wiki/index.php/Programmers_API - - - - - Is the handler using caching and is the cache initialised - - - - - Returns list of all available Languages on tvdb - - list of available languages - - - - Are the language definitions already cached - - - - - EventArgs used when a running update progresses, contains information on the - current stage and progress - - - - - Constructor for UpdateProgressEventArgs - - The current state of the updating progress - Description of the current update stage - Progress of the current stage - Overall progress of the update - - - - Current state of update progress - - - - - Description of the current update stage - - - - - Progress of the current stage - - - - - Overall progress of the update - - - - - The current state of the updating progress - - - - - we're currently downloading the update files from http://thetvdb.com - - - - - we're currently processing the updated series - - - - - we're currently processing the updated episodes - - - - - we're currently processing the updated banner - - - - - the updating itself has finished, do cleanup work - - - - - EventArgs used when an update has finished, contains start date, end date and - an overview of all updated content - - - - - Constructor for UpdateFinishedEventArgs - - When did the update start - When did the update finish - List of all series (ids) that were updated - List of all episode (ids)that were updated - List of all banners (ids) that were updated - - - - When did the update start - - - - - When did the update finish - - - - - List of all series (ids) that were updated - - - - - List of all episode (ids)that were updated - - - - - List of all banners (ids) that were updated - - - - - Delegate for UpdateProgressed Event - - EventArgs - - - - Delegate for UpdateFinished event - - EventArgs - - - - Holds data pertinent to a data descriptor. - - - - - Get /set the compressed size of data. - - - - - Get / set the uncompressed size of data - - - - - Get /set the crc value. - - - - - This class assists with writing/reading from Zip files. - - - - - Initialise an instance of this class. - - The name of the file to open. - - - - Initialise a new instance of . - - The stream to use. - - - - Close the stream. - - - The underlying stream is closed only if is true. - - - - - Locates a block with the desired . - - The signature to find. - Location, marking the end of block. - Minimum size of the block. - The maximum variable data. - Eeturns the offset of the first byte after the signature; -1 if not found - - - - Write Zip64 end of central directory records (File header and locator). - - The number of entries in the central directory. - The size of entries in the central directory. - The offset of the dentral directory. - - - - Write the required records to end the central directory. - - The number of entries in the directory. - The size of the entries in the directory. - The start of the central directory. - The archive comment. (This can be null). - - - - Read an unsigned short in little endian byte order. - - Returns the value read. - - An i/o error occurs. - - - The file ends prematurely - - - - - Read an int in little endian byte order. - - Returns the value read. - - An i/o error occurs. - - - The file ends prematurely - - - - - Read a long in little endian byte order. - - The value read. - - - - Write an unsigned short in little endian byte order. - - The value to write. - - - - Write a ushort in little endian byte order. - - The value to write. - - - - Write an int in little endian byte order. - - The value to write. - - - - Write a uint in little endian byte order. - - The value to write. - - - - Write a long in little endian byte order. - - The value to write. - - - - Write a ulong in little endian byte order. - - The value to write. - - - - Write a data descriptor. - - The entry to write a descriptor for. - Returns the number of descriptor bytes written. - - - - Read data descriptor at the end of compressed data. - - if set to true [zip64]. - The data to fill in. - Returns the number of bytes read in the descriptor. - - - - Get / set a value indicating wether the the underlying stream is owned or not. - - If the stream is owned it is closed when this instance is closed. - - - - SharpZipBaseException is the base exception class for the SharpZipLibrary. - All library exceptions are derived from this. - - NOTE: Not all exceptions thrown will be derived from this class. - A variety of other exceptions are possible for example - - - - Deserialization constructor - - for this constructor - for this constructor - - - - Initializes a new instance of the SharpZipBaseException class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the SharpZipBaseException class with a specified error message. - - A message describing the exception. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the SharpZipBaseException class with a specified - error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception. - - A message describing the exception. - The inner exception - - - - Writes tvdb data to xml files - - - - - TvdbXmlWriter constructor - - - - - Create the file contents - - List of languages to store - - - - - Write the list of languages to file - - List of languages to store - Path on disk - true if the file could be stored, false otherwise - - - - Create the file content for a list of mirrors - - List of mirrors to store - xml content - - - - Write the xml file for the mirrors to file - - List of mirrors to store - Path on disk - true if the file could be stored, false otherwise - - - - Create the file content for a list of actors - - List of actors to store - xml content - - - - Write the xml file for the actors to file - - List of actors to store - Path on disk - true if the file could be stored, false otherwise - - - - Create the series content - - Series to store - xml content - - - - Write the series content to file - - Series to store - Path on disk - true if the file could be stored, false otherwise - - - - Create the series banner content - - List of banners to store - xml content - - - - Write the series banner contents to xml file - - Bannerlist to store - Path on disk - true if the file could be stored, false otherwise - - - - Create the xml content to save a TvdbUser to file - - User to store - xml content - - - - Write the user data to file - - User to store - Path on disk - true if the file could be stored, false otherwise - - - - This class represents all fields that are available on http://thetvdb.com and - a list of episodefields. This is used for localised series information. - - These are as follows: - 73739 - |Malcolm David Kelley|Jorge Garcia|Maggie Grace|...| - Thursday - 9:00 PM - TV-14 - 2004-09-22 - |Action and Adventure|Drama|Science-Fiction| - tt0411008 - en - ABC - After Oceanic Air flight 815... - 8.9 - 60 - 24313 - Lost - Continuing - graphical/24313-g2.jpg - fanart/original/73739-1.jpg - 1205694666 - SH672362 - - - - - TvdbSeriesFields constructor - - - - - Returns a short description of the episode (e.g. 1x20 Episodename) - - short description of the episode - - - - Gets the episodes for the given season in the given order (aired or dvd). Absolute is also possible but makes no sense since - there are no seasons with absoulte ordering. Use GetEpisodesAbsoluteOrder() instead. - - For more information on episode ordering thetvdb wiki - - List of episodes - - - - Returns all episodes in the absolute order - - List of episodes - - - - Update all fields of the object with the given information - - the fields for the update - Should the episodes be replaced or kept - - - - List of episodes for this translation - - - - - Is the episode info loaded - - - - - Series Id - - - - - Series Name - - - - - Series network - - - - - The language of the series - - - - - Content-Rating of the series - - - - - Zap2it Id of the series - - - - - When was the series updated the last time - - - - - Path to the primary fanart banner - - - - - Path to primary banner - - - - - Path to the primary poster - - - - - Status of the show - - - - - Tv.com id of the series - - - - - Runtime of the show - - - - - Rating of the series - - - - - Overview of the series - - - - - Imdb Id of the series - - - - - List of the series' genres - - - - - The Date the series was first aired - - - - - At which time does the series air - - - - - At which day of the week does the series air - - - - - List of actors that appear in this series - - - - - Class for parsing the xml info from thetvdb - - - - - Base constructor for a TvdbXmlReader class - - - - - Extract a list of languages when the data has the format: - - - - Español - es - 16 - - - - ]]> - - - - - - - Extract a list of mirrors if the data has the format: - - - - 1 - http://thetvdb.com - 7 - - - ]]> - - - - - - - Extract a list of series in the format: - - - - 73739 - |Malcolm David Kelley|Jorge Garcia|Maggie Grace|...| - Thursday - 9:00 PM - TV-14 - 2004-09-22 - |Action and Adventure|Drama|Science-Fiction| - tt0411008 - en - ABC - After Oceanic Air flight 815... - 8.9 - 60 - 24313 - Lost - Continuing - graphical/24313-g2.jpg - fanart/original/73739-1.jpg - 1205694666 - SH672362 - - - ]]> - - - - - - - Extract all the series fields that are available on thetvdb - - - - 73739 - |Malcolm David Kelley|Jorge Garcia|Maggie Grace|...| - Thursday - 9:00 PM - TV-14 - 2004-09-22 - |Action and Adventure|Drama|Science-Fiction| - tt0411008 - en - ABC - After Oceanic Air flight 815... - 8.9 - 60 - 24313 - Lost - Continuing - graphical/24313-g2.jpg - fanart/original/73739-1.jpg - 1205694666 - SH672362 - - - - ]]> - - - - - - - Extract a list of episodes from the given data when the data has the following format: - - - 332179 - - - - - |Joseph McGinty Nichol| - Chuck Versus the World - 1 - 2007-09-24 - |Julia Ling|Vik Sahay|Mieko Hillman| - - English - Chuck Bartowski is an average computer geek... - - 9.0 - 1 - |Josh Schwartz|Chris Fedak| - - - - - episodes/80348-332179.jpg - 1201292806 - 27985 - 80348 - - ]]> - - - - - - - Extract list of updated series - - - - 71969 - - - - ]]> - - - - - - - Extract the results of a series search with format: - - - - 73739 - en - Lost - graphical/24313-g2.jpg - After Oceanic Air flight 815... - 2004-09-22 - tt0411008 - SH672362 - 73739 - - - ]]> - - - - - - - Exctract the series favorites - - - 73067 - 78957 - 75340 - 72218 - 73244 - 75397 - - ]]> - - - - - - - Extract a rating from the data in the format - - - - 7.5 - - - ]]> - - - - - - - Extract the updated episodes from the data in the format: - - - - - 326268 - - - - ]]> - - - - - - - Extract the data of updated banners - - - - - 1 - 79302 - standard - en - seasons/79302-1.jpg - season - - - ]]> - - - - - - - Extract the update time from data - - - - - - - Extract a list of banners from the data when the data has the format: - - - - 20106 - fanart/original/73739-1.jpg - fanart/vignette/73739-1.jpg - _cache/fanart/original/73739-1.jpg - fanart - 1920x1080 - |68,69,59|69,70,58|78,78,68| - en - - - 18953 - seasons/73739-2-2.jpg - season - season - es - 2 - - - 9529 - graphical/73739-g.jpg - series - graphical - en - - - ]]> - - - - - - - Extract a list of actors when the data has the format: - - - - 22017 - actors/22017.jpg - Zachary Levi - Chuck Bartowski - 0 - - - ]]> - - data - List of actors - - - - Extract user data from - - - - - - - Extract a list of series ratings - - The xml file is in the following format: - - - - 80344 - 7 - 8.3224 - - - 72227 - 8 - 8.3224 - - - ]]> - - The xml content - The item type for the ratings - - - - - Inflater is used to decompress data that has been compressed according - to the "deflate" standard described in rfc1951. - - By default Zlib (rfc1950) headers and footers are expected in the input. - You can use constructor public Inflater(bool noHeader) passing true - if there is no Zlib header information - - The usage is as following. First you have to set some input with - SetInput(), then Inflate() it. If inflate doesn't - inflate any bytes there may be three reasons: -
    -
  • IsNeedingInput() returns true because the input buffer is empty. - You have to provide more input with SetInput(). - NOTE: IsNeedingInput() also returns true when, the stream is finished. -
  • -
  • IsNeedingDictionary() returns true, you have to provide a preset - dictionary with SetDictionary().
  • -
  • IsFinished returns true, the inflater has finished.
  • -
- Once the first output byte is produced, a dictionary will not be - needed at a later stage. - - author of the original java version : John Leuner, Jochen Hoenicke -
-
- - - These are the possible states for an inflater - - - - - Copy lengths for literal codes 257..285 - - - - - Extra bits for literal codes 257..285 - - - - - Copy offsets for distance codes 0..29 - - - - - Extra bits for distance codes - - - - - This variable contains the current state. - - - - - The adler checksum of the dictionary or of the decompressed - stream, as it is written in the header resp. footer of the - compressed stream. - Only valid if mode is DECODE_DICT or DECODE_CHKSUM. - - - - - The number of bits needed to complete the current state. This - is valid, if mode is DECODE_DICT, DECODE_CHKSUM, - DECODE_HUFFMAN_LENBITS or DECODE_HUFFMAN_DISTBITS. - - - - - True, if the last block flag was set in the last block of the - inflated stream. This means that the stream ends after the - current block. - - - - - The total number of inflated bytes. - - - - - The total number of bytes set with setInput(). This is not the - value returned by the TotalIn property, since this also includes the - unprocessed input. - - - - - This variable stores the noHeader flag that was given to the constructor. - True means, that the inflated stream doesn't contain a Zlib header or - footer. - - - - - Creates a new inflater or RFC1951 decompressor - RFC1950/Zlib headers and footers will be expected in the input data - - - - - Creates a new inflater. - - - True if no RFC1950/Zlib header and footer fields are expected in the input data - - This is used for GZIPed/Zipped input. - - For compatibility with - Sun JDK you should provide one byte of input more than needed in - this case. - - - - - Resets the inflater so that a new stream can be decompressed. All - pending input and output will be discarded. - - - - - Decodes a zlib/RFC1950 header. - - - False if more input is needed. - - - The header is invalid. - - - - - Decodes the dictionary checksum after the deflate header. - - - False if more input is needed. - - - - - Decodes the huffman encoded symbols in the input stream. - - - false if more input is needed, true if output window is - full or the current block ends. - - - if deflated stream is invalid. - - - - - Decodes the adler checksum after the deflate stream. - - - false if more input is needed. - - - If checksum doesn't match. - - - - - Decodes the deflated stream. - - - false if more input is needed, or if finished. - - - if deflated stream is invalid. - - - - - Sets the preset dictionary. This should only be called, if - needsDictionary() returns true and it should set the same - dictionary, that was used for deflating. The getAdler() - function returns the checksum of the dictionary needed. - - - The dictionary. - - - - - Sets the preset dictionary. This should only be called, if - needsDictionary() returns true and it should set the same - dictionary, that was used for deflating. The getAdler() - function returns the checksum of the dictionary needed. - - - The dictionary. - - - The index into buffer where the dictionary starts. - - - The number of bytes in the dictionary. - - - No dictionary is needed. - - - The adler checksum for the buffer is invalid - - - - - Sets the input. This should only be called, if needsInput() - returns true. - - - the input. - - - - - Sets the input. This should only be called, if needsInput() - returns true. - - - The source of input data - - - The index into buffer where the input starts. - - - The number of bytes of input to use. - - - No input is needed. - - - The index and/or count are wrong. - - - - - Inflates the compressed stream to the output buffer. If this - returns 0, you should check, whether IsNeedingDictionary(), - IsNeedingInput() or IsFinished() returns true, to determine why no - further output is produced. - - - the output buffer. - - - The number of bytes written to the buffer, 0 if no further - output can be produced. - - - if buffer has length 0. - - - if deflated stream is invalid. - - - - - Inflates the compressed stream to the output buffer. If this - returns 0, you should check, whether needsDictionary(), - needsInput() or finished() returns true, to determine why no - further output is produced. - - - the output buffer. - - - the offset in buffer where storing starts. - - - the maximum number of bytes to output. - - - the number of bytes written to the buffer, 0 if no further output can be produced. - - - if count is less than 0. - - - if the index and / or count are wrong. - - - if deflated stream is invalid. - - - - - Returns true, if the input buffer is empty. - You should then call setInput(). - NOTE: This method also returns true when the stream is finished. - - - - - Returns true, if a preset dictionary is needed to inflate the input. - - - - - Returns true, if the inflater has finished. This means, that no - input is needed and no output can be produced. - - - - - Gets the adler checksum. This is either the checksum of all - uncompressed bytes returned by inflate(), or if needsDictionary() - returns true (and thus no output was yet produced) this is the - adler checksum of the expected dictionary. - - - the adler checksum. - - - - - Gets the total number of output bytes returned by Inflate(). - - - the total number of output bytes. - - - - - Gets the total number of processed compressed input bytes. - - - The total number of bytes of processed input bytes. - - - - - Gets the number of unprocessed input bytes. Useful, if the end of the - stream is reached and you want to further process the bytes after - the deflate stream. - - - The number of bytes of the input which have not been processed. - - - - - This is the Deflater class. The deflater class compresses input - with the deflate algorithm described in RFC 1951. It has several - compression levels and three different strategies described below. - - This class is not thread safe. This is inherent in the API, due - to the split of deflate and setInput. - - author of the original java version : Jochen Hoenicke - - - - - The best and slowest compression level. This tries to find very - long and distant string repetitions. - - - - - The worst but fastest compression level. - - - - - The default compression level. - - - - - This level won't compress at all but output uncompressed blocks. - - - - - The compression method. This is the only method supported so far. - There is no need to use this constant at all. - - - - - Creates a new deflater with default compression level. - - - - - Creates a new deflater with given compression level. - - - the compression level, a value between NO_COMPRESSION - and BEST_COMPRESSION, or DEFAULT_COMPRESSION. - - if lvl is out of range. - - - - Creates a new deflater with given compression level. - - - the compression level, a value between NO_COMPRESSION - and BEST_COMPRESSION. - - - true, if we should suppress the Zlib/RFC1950 header at the - beginning and the adler checksum at the end of the output. This is - useful for the GZIP/PKZIP formats. - - if lvl is out of range. - - - - Resets the deflater. The deflater acts afterwards as if it was - just created with the same compression level and strategy as it - had before. - - - - - Flushes the current input block. Further calls to deflate() will - produce enough output to inflate everything in the current input - block. This is not part of Sun's JDK so I have made it package - private. It is used by DeflaterOutputStream to implement - flush(). - - - - - Finishes the deflater with the current input block. It is an error - to give more input after this method was called. This method must - be called to force all bytes to be flushed. - - - - - Sets the data which should be compressed next. This should be only - called when needsInput indicates that more input is needed. - If you call setInput when needsInput() returns false, the - previous input that is still pending will be thrown away. - The given byte array should not be changed, before needsInput() returns - true again. - This call is equivalent to setInput(input, 0, input.length). - - - the buffer containing the input data. - - - if the buffer was finished() or ended(). - - - - - Sets the data which should be compressed next. This should be - only called when needsInput indicates that more input is needed. - The given byte array should not be changed, before needsInput() returns - true again. - - - the buffer containing the input data. - - - the start of the data. - - - the number of data bytes of input. - - - if the buffer was Finish()ed or if previous input is still pending. - - - - - Sets the compression level. There is no guarantee of the exact - position of the change, but if you call this when needsInput is - true the change of compression level will occur somewhere near - before the end of the so far given input. - - - the new compression level. - - - - - Get current compression level - - Returns the current compression level - - - - Sets the compression strategy. Strategy is one of - DEFAULT_STRATEGY, HUFFMAN_ONLY and FILTERED. For the exact - position where the strategy is changed, the same as for - SetLevel() applies. - - - The new compression strategy. - - - - - Deflates the current input block with to the given array. - - - The buffer where compressed data is stored - - - The number of compressed bytes added to the output, or 0 if either - IsNeedingInput() or IsFinished returns true or length is zero. - - - - - Deflates the current input block to the given array. - - - Buffer to store the compressed data. - - - Offset into the output array. - - - The maximum number of bytes that may be stored. - - - The number of compressed bytes added to the output, or 0 if either - needsInput() or finished() returns true or length is zero. - - - If Finish() was previously called. - - - If offset or length don't match the array length. - - - - - Sets the dictionary which should be used in the deflate process. - This call is equivalent to setDictionary(dict, 0, dict.Length). - - - the dictionary. - - - if SetInput () or Deflate () were already called or another dictionary was already set. - - - - - Sets the dictionary which should be used in the deflate process. - The dictionary is a byte array containing strings that are - likely to occur in the data which should be compressed. The - dictionary is not stored in the compressed output, only a - checksum. To decompress the output you need to supply the same - dictionary again. - - - The dictionary data - - - The index where dictionary information commences. - - - The number of bytes in the dictionary. - - - If SetInput () or Deflate() were already called or another dictionary was already set. - - - - - Compression level. - - - - - If true no Zlib/RFC1950 headers or footers are generated - - - - - The current state. - - - - - The total bytes of output written. - - - - - The pending output. - - - - - The deflater engine. - - - - - Gets the current adler checksum of the data that was processed so far. - - - - - Gets the number of input bytes processed so far. - - - - - Gets the number of output bytes so far. - - - - - Returns true if the stream was finished and no more output bytes - are available. - - - - - Returns true, if the input buffer is empty. - You should then call setInput(). - NOTE: This method can also return true when the stream - was finished. - - - - - Exception that is thrown when a nonexistent content is requested - - - - - TvdbInvalidAPIKeyException constructor - - Message - - - - TvdbInvalidAPIKeyException constructor - - - - - TvdbData contains a list of series, a list of languages and a list of mirror - - - - - TvdbData constructor - - - - - TvdbData constructor - - List of available languages - - - - When was the last time thetvdb has been checked - for updates - - - - - List of all available languages - - - - - XmlCacheProvider stores all the information that have been retrieved from http://thetvdb.com as human-readable xml files on the hard disk - - - - - Constructor for XmlCacheProvider - - This is the folder on the disk where all the information are stored - - - - Properly describe the CacheProvider for neat-reasons - - String describing the cache provider - - - - Initialises the cache, should do the following things - - initialise connections used for this cache provider (db connections, network shares,...) - - create folder structure / db tables / ... if they are not created already - - if this is the first time the cache has been initialised (built), mark last_updated with the - current date - - TvdbData object - - - - Closes the cache (e.g. close open connection, etc.) - - true if successful, false otherwise - - - - Saves cache settings - - settings - - - - Save the language to cache - - List of languages that are available on http://thetvdb.com - - - - Save the mirror info to cache - - Mirrors - - - - Saves the series to cache - - The series to save - - - - Loads the settings data from cache - - The loaded TvdbData object - - - - Loads the available languages from cache - - List of available languages - - - - Load the available mirrors from cache - - List of mirrors - - - - Loads all series from cache - - A list of TvdbSeries objects from cache or null - - - - Load the give series from cache - - Id of the series to load - Series that has been loaded or null if series doesn't exist - - - - Load user info from cache - - Id of the user - TvdbUser object or null if the user couldn't be loaded - - - - Saves the user data to cache - - TvdbUser object - - - - Receives a list of all series that have been cached - - A list of series that have been already stored with this cache provider - - - - Check if the series is cached in the given configuration - - Id of the series - Language of the series - are episodes loaded - are banners loaded - are actors loaded - true if the series is cached, false otherwise - - - - Completely refreshes the cache (all stored information is lost) - - true if the cache was cleared successfully, - false otherwise (e.g. no write rights,...) - - - - Remove a specific series from cache - - the id of the series - true if the series was removed from the cache successfully, - false otherwise (e.g. series not cached) - - - - Save the given image to cache - - banner to save - id of series - filename (will be the same name used by LoadImageFromCache) - - - - Loads the specified image from the cache - - series id - filename of the image (same one as used by SaveToCache) - The loaded image or null if the image wasn't found - - - - Removes the specified image from cache (if it has been cached) - - id of series - name of image - true if image was removed successfully, false otherwise (e.g. image didn't exist) - - - - Is the cache provider initialised - - - - - Description of TvdbInvalidXmlException. - - - - - TvdbInvalidXmlException constructor - - Message - - - - TvdbInvalidXmlException constructor - - - - - Bzip2 checksum algorithm - - - - - Interface to compute a data checksum used by checked input/output streams. - A data checksum can be updated by one byte or with a byte array. After each - update the value of the current checksum can be returned by calling - getValue. The complete checksum object can also be reset - so it can be used again with new data. - - - - - Resets the data checksum as if no update was ever called. - - - - - Adds one byte to the data checksum. - - - the data value to add. The high byte of the int is ignored. - - - - - Updates the data checksum with the bytes taken from the array. - - - buffer an array of bytes - - - - - Adds the byte array to the data checksum. - - - The buffer which contains the data - - - The offset in the buffer where the data starts - - - the number of data bytes to add. - - - - - Returns the data checksum computed so far. - - - - - Initialise a default instance of - - - - - Reset the state of Crc. - - - - - Update the Crc value. - - data update is based on - - - - Update Crc based on a block of data - - The buffer containing data to update the crc with. - - - - Update Crc based on a portion of a block of data - - block of data - index of first byte to use - number of bytes to use - - - - Get the current Crc value. - - - - - A special stream deflating or compressing the bytes that are - written to it. It uses a Deflater to perform actual deflating.
- Authors of the original java version : Tom Tromey, Jochen Hoenicke -
-
- - - Creates a new DeflaterOutputStream with a default Deflater and default buffer size. - - - the output stream where deflated output should be written. - - - - - Creates a new DeflaterOutputStream with the given Deflater and - default buffer size. - - - the output stream where deflated output should be written. - - - the underlying deflater. - - - - - Creates a new DeflaterOutputStream with the given Deflater and - buffer size. - - - The output stream where deflated output is written. - - - The underlying deflater to use - - - The buffer size to use when deflating - - - bufsize is less than or equal to zero. - - - baseOutputStream does not support writing - - - deflater instance is null - - - - - Finishes the stream by calling finish() on the deflater. - - - Not all input is deflated - - - - - Encrypt a block of data - - - Data to encrypt. NOTE the original contents of the buffer are lost - - - Offset of first byte in buffer to encrypt - - - Number of bytes in buffer to encrypt - - - - - Initializes encryption keys based on given . - - The password. - - - - Deflates everything in the input buffers. This will call - def.deflate() until all bytes from the input buffers - are processed. - - - - - Sets the current position of this stream to the given value. Not supported by this class! - - The offset relative to the to seek. - The to seek from. - The new position in the stream. - Any access - - - - Sets the length of this stream to the given value. Not supported by this class! - - The new stream length. - Any access - - - - Read a byte from stream advancing position by one - - The byte read cast to an int. THe value is -1 if at the end of the stream. - Any access - - - - Read a block of bytes from stream - - The buffer to store read data in. - The offset to start storing at. - The maximum number of bytes to read. - The actual number of bytes read. Zero if end of stream is detected. - Any access - - - - Asynchronous reads are not supported a NotSupportedException is always thrown - - The buffer to read into. - The offset to start storing data at. - The number of bytes to read - The async callback to use. - The state to use. - Returns an - Any access - - - - Asynchronous writes arent supported, a NotSupportedException is always thrown - - The buffer to write. - The offset to begin writing at. - The number of bytes to write. - The to use. - The state object. - Returns an IAsyncResult. - Any access - - - - Flushes the stream by calling Flush on the deflater and then - on the underlying stream. This ensures that all bytes are flushed. - - - - - Calls and closes the underlying - stream when is true. - - - - - Writes a single byte to the compressed output stream. - - - The byte value. - - - - - Writes bytes from an array to the compressed stream. - - - The byte array - - - The offset into the byte array where to start. - - - The number of bytes to write. - - - - - This buffer is used temporarily to retrieve the bytes from the - deflater and write them to the underlying output stream. - - - - - The deflater which is used to deflate the stream. - - - - - Base stream the deflater depends on. - - - - - Get/set flag indicating ownership of the underlying stream. - When the flag is true will close the underlying stream also. - - - - - Allows client to determine if an entry can be patched after its added - - - - - Get/set the password used for encryption. - - When set to null or if the password is empty no encryption is performed - - - - Gets value indicating stream can be read from - - - - - Gets a value indicating if seeking is supported for this stream - This property always returns false - - - - - Get value indicating if this stream supports writing - - - - - Get current length of stream - - - - - Gets the current position within the stream. - - Any attempt to set position - - - - This class stores the pending output of the Deflater. - - author of the original java version : Jochen Hoenicke - - - - - This class is general purpose class for writing data to a buffer. - - It allows you to write bits as well as bytes - Based on DeflaterPending.java - - author of the original java version : Jochen Hoenicke - - - - - Internal work buffer - - - - - construct instance using default buffer size of 4096 - - - - - construct instance using specified buffer size - - - size to use for internal buffer - - - - - Clear internal state/buffers - - - - - Write a byte to buffer - - - The value to write - - - - - Write a short value to buffer LSB first - - - The value to write. - - - - - write an integer LSB first - - The value to write. - - - - Write a block of data to buffer - - data to write - offset of first byte to write - number of bytes to write - - - - Align internal buffer on a byte boundary - - - - - Write bits to internal buffer - - source of bits - number of bits to write - - - - Write a short value to internal buffer most significant byte first - - value to write - - - - Flushes the pending buffer into the given output array. If the - output array is to small, only a partial flush is done. - - The output array. - The offset into output array. - The maximum number of bytes to store. - The number of bytes flushed. - - - - Convert internal buffer to byte array. - Buffer is empty on completion - - - The internal buffer contents converted to a byte array. - - - - - The number of bits written to the buffer - - - - - Indicates if buffer has been flushed - - - - - Construct instance with default buffer size - - - - - Baseclass for a tvdb mirror. A mirror is defined in the tvdb xml by: - - - - 1 - http://thetvdb.com - 7 - - - ]]> - - - - - TvdbMirror constructor - - - - - TvdbMirror constructor - - Id of the mirror - Url to the mirror - Typemask of the mirror, see property "TypeMask" - - - - Id of the mirror - - - - - The value of typemask is the sum of whichever file types that mirror holds: - 1 xml files - 2 banner files - 4 zip files - So, a mirror that has a typemask of 5 would hold XML and ZIP files, but no banner files. - - - - - Returns true if the mirror offers images for downloading, false otherwise - - - - - Returns true if the mirror offers xml files for downloading, false otherwise - - - - - Returns true if the mirror offers zipped downloads, false otherwise - - - - - Path to the mirror - - - - - Exception thrown when a request is made which requires a valid - api key but none is set - - - - - TvdbInvalidAPIKeyException constructor - - Message - - - - TvdbInvalidAPIKeyException constructor - - - - - Represents the episode banner, which is currently only one image - per episode (no language differentiation either) limited to a maximum - size of 400 x 300 - - further information on http://thetvdb.com/wiki/index.php/Episode_Images - - - - - This class extends the regular banner class with the ability to retrieve thumbnails of the actual images. - - These thumbnails are at the moment availabe for all banner types except actors - - - - - Tvdb Banners are the graphical element of tvdb. There are different types of banners which are - representet by sub-classes in this library. These subclasses are: - - - TvdbEpisodeBanner - Each episode may contain a small image that should be an non-spoiler action shot from the episode (http://thetvdb.com/wiki/index.php/Episode_Images) - - - TvdbFanartBanner - Fan Art is high quality artwork that is displayed in the background of HTPC menus (http://thetvdb.com/wiki/index.php/Fan_Art) - - - TvdbSeasonBanner - Banner for each season of a series, dvd-style (400 x 578) or banner style (758 x 140) (http://thetvdb.com/wiki/index.php/Wide_Season_Banners) - - - TvdbSeriesBanner - Wide banner for each series (758 x 140), comes in graphical, text or blank style. For further information see http://thetvdb.com/wiki/index.php/Series_Banners - - - TvdbPosterBanner - Newest addition to the tvdb graphical section (680px x 1000px) and not smaller than 500k (http://thetvdb.com/wiki/index.php/Posters) - - - - - - - Loads the actual image data of the banner - - true if the banner could be loaded successfully, false otherwise - - - - Loads the actual image data of the banner - - If true will replace an old image (if one exists already) - true if the banner could be loaded successfully, false otherwise - - - - Unloads the image and saves it to cache - - true if successful, false otherwise - - - - Unloads the image - - should the image kept in cache - true if successful, false otherwise - - - - Creates the name used to store images in cache - - Path of the image - Is the image a thumbnail - Name used for caching image - - - - Loads the banner with the given image - - Image object that should be used for this banner - True if successful, false otherwise - - - - Loads the image from the given path - - Path of image that should be used for this banner - True if successful, false otherwise - - - - Used to load/save images persistent if we're using a cache provider - (should keep memory usage much lower) - - on the other hand we have a back-ref to tvdb (from a data class), which sucks - - todo: think of a better way to handle this - - - - - Language of the banner - - - - - Id of the banner - - - - - Image data of the banner - - - - - True if the image data has been already loaded, false otherwise - - - - - Is the banner currently beeing loaded - - - - - Path to the location on the tvdb server where the image is located - - - - - When was the banner updated the last time - - - - - Id of the series this banner belongs to - - - - - Load the thumb from tvdb, if there isn't already a thumb loaded, - (an existing one will NOT be replaced) - - - true if the loading completed sccessfully, false otherwise - - - - Load the thumb from tvdb - - if true, an existing banner will be replaced, - if false the banner will only be loaded if there is no existing banner - true if the loading completed sccessfully, false otherwise - - - - Load thumbnail with given image - - the image to be used forthe banner - true if the loading completed sccessfully, false otherwise - - - - Unloads the image and saves it to cache - - true if successful, false otherwise - - - - Unloads the image - - should the image kept in cache - true if successful, false otherwise - - - - Is the thumbnail currently beeing loaded - - - - - Path to the fanart thumbnail - - - - - Image of the thumbnail - - - - - Is the Image of the thumb already loaded - - - - - TvdbEpisodeBanner constructor - - - - - TvdbEpisodeBanner constructor - - Path of banner - Id of episode banner - - - - Fan Art is high quality artwork that is displayed in the background of - HTPC menus. Since fan art is displayed behind other content in most cases, - we place more restrictions on the formatting of the image. - - The resolution is either 1920x1080 or 1280x720... - - More information: http://thetvdb.com/wiki/index.php/Fan_Art - - - - - TvdbFanartBanner constructor - - - - - TvdbFanartBanner constructor - - Id of fanart banner - Language for this banner - Path of image for this banner - - - - Load the vignette from tvdb - - True if successful, false otherwise - - - - Load the vignette from tvdb - - True if successful, false otherwise - - - - Load vignette with given image - - Image object that should be used for this banner - True if successful, false otherwise - - - - Unloads the image and saves it to cache - - true if successful, false otherwise - - - - Unloads the image - - should the image kept in cache - true if successful, false otherwise - - - - Is the vignette image already loaded - - - - - Is the vignette currently beeing loaded - - - - - Vignette Image - - - - - These are the colors selected by the artist that match the image. The format is 3 colors separated by a pipe "|". This field has leading and trailing pipes. Each color is comma separated RGB, with each color portion being an integer from 1 to 255. So the format looks like |r,g,b|r,g,b|r,g,b|. The first color is the light accent color. The second color is the dark accent color. The third color is the neutral mid-tone color. - - - - - Path to the fanart vignette - - - - - Does the image contain the series name - - - - - Color 3 (see Colors property) - - - - - Color 2 (see Colors property) - - - - - Color 1 (see Colors property) - - - - - Resolution of the fanart - - - - - ID's of external sites - - - - - Id for the popular movie/tv site www.imdb.com - - - - - Update interval - - - - - updated content since the last day - - - - - updated content since the last week - - - - - updated content since the last month - - - - - the interval is determined automatically - - - - - Parses an integer string and returns the number or -99 if the format - is invalid - - - - - - - Parses an double string and returns the number or -99 if the format - is invalid - - - - - - - Splits a tvdb string (having the format | item1 | item2 | item3 |) - - - - - - - Parse the short description of a tvdb language and returns the proper - object. If no such language exists yet (maybe the list of available - languages hasn't been downloaded yet), a placeholder is created - - - - - - - Converts a unix timestamp (used on tvdb) into a .net datetime object - - Timestamp to convert - .net DateTime object - - - - Converts a .net datetime object into a unix timestamp (used on tvdb) - - Date to convert - Unix timestamp - - - - returns a day of the week object parsed from the string - - String representation of this day of the week - .net DayOfWeek enum - - - - Returns a List of colors parsed from the _text - - - - - - - Returns a point objects parsed from _text - - - - - - - Parse a boolean value from thetvdb xml files - - Boolean value to parse - - - - - - - - - - - - Returns the fitting SeriesBanner type from parameter - - - - - - - Add the episode to the series - - - - - - - Parse a datetime value from thetvdb - - The date string that needs parsing - DateTime object of the parsed date - - - - Tries to find an episode by a given id from a list of episodes - - Id of the episode we're looking for - List of episodes - The first found TvdbEpisode object or null if nothing was found - - - - Tries to find a series by a given id from a list of series - - Id of the series we're looking for - List of series objects - The first found TvdbSeries object or null if nothing was found - - - - List of available languages -> needed for some methods - - - - - Type when handling user favorites - - - - - Baseclass for a tvdb language - - - - - The default language (which is English) - Id: 7 - Abbriviation: en - Name: English - - - - - - language valid for all available languages - Id: 7 - Abbriviation: en - Name: English - - - - - - TvdbLanguage constructor - - - - - TvdbLanguage constructor - - Id of language - Name of language (e.g. English) - Abbriviation of language (e.g. en) - - - - Returns String that describes the language in the format "Name (Abbriviation)" - - String representing this object (e.g. "English (en)") - - - - Overrides the equals Method to ensure a valid comparison of two language objects. The - comparison currently matches abbriviation only. - - object to compare with - True if the two language objects are the same, false otherwise - - - - Returns a hash code of the object - - Hash code - - - - Overrides the equality operator to ensure a valid comparison of two language objects. The - comparison currently matches abbriviation only. - - First language object - Second language object - True if the two language objects are the same, false otherwise - - - - Overrides the inequality operator to ensure a valid comparison of two language objects. The - comparison currently matches abbriviation only. - - First language object - Second language object - True if the two language objects are the same, false otherwise - - - - Id of the language - - - - - Abbriviation of the series - - - - - Name of the series - - - - - Contains the output from the Inflation process. - We need to have a window so that we can refer backwards into the output stream - to repeat stuff.
- Author of the original java version : John Leuner -
-
- - - Write a byte to this output window - - value to write - - if window is full - - - - - Append a byte pattern already in the window itself - - length of pattern to copy - distance from end of window pattern occurs - - If the repeated data overflows the window - - - - - Copy from input manipulator to internal window - - source of data - length of data to copy - the number of bytes copied - - - - Copy dictionary to window - - source dictionary - offset of start in source dictionary - length of dictionary - - If window isnt empty - - - - - Get remaining unfilled space in window - - Number of bytes left in window - - - - Get bytes available for output in window - - Number of bytes filled - - - - Copy contents of window to output - - buffer to copy to - offset to start at - number of bytes to count - The number of bytes copied - - If a window underflow occurs - - - - - Reset by clearing window so GetAvailable returns 0 - - - - - This class contains constants used for deflation. - - - - - Set to true to enable debugging - - - - - Written to Zip file to identify a stored block - - - - - Identifies static tree in Zip file - - - - - Identifies dynamic tree in Zip file - - - - - Header flag indicating a preset dictionary for deflation - - - - - Sets internal buffer sizes for Huffman encoding - - - - - Internal compression engine constant - - - - - Internal compression engine constant - - - - - Internal compression engine constant - - - - - Internal compression engine constant - - - - - Internal compression engine constant - - - - - Internal compression engine constant - - - - - Internal compression engine constant - - - - - Internal compression engine constant - - - - - Internal compression engine constant - - - - - Internal compression engine constant - - - - - Internal compression engine constant - - - - - Internal compression engine constant - - - - - Internal compression engine constant - - - - - Internal compression engine constant - - - - - Internal compression engine constant - - - - - Internal compression engine constant - - - - - Internal compression engine constant - - - - - Internal compression engine constant - - - - - Internal compression engine constant - - - - - Internal compression engine constant - - - - - Internal compression engine constant - - - - - Generate a table for a byte-wise 32-bit CRC calculation on the polynomial: - x^32+x^26+x^23+x^22+x^16+x^12+x^11+x^10+x^8+x^7+x^5+x^4+x^2+x+1. - - Polynomials over GF(2) are represented in binary, one bit per coefficient, - with the lowest powers in the most significant bit. Then adding polynomials - is just exclusive-or, and multiplying a polynomial by x is a right shift by - one. If we call the above polynomial p, and represent a byte as the - polynomial q, also with the lowest power in the most significant bit (so the - byte 0xb1 is the polynomial x^7+x^3+x+1), then the CRC is (q*x^32) mod p, - where a mod b means the remainder after dividing a by b. - - This calculation is done using the shift-register method of multiplying and - taking the remainder. The register is initialized to zero, and for each - incoming bit, x^32 is added mod p to the register if the bit is a one (where - x^32 mod p is p+x^32 = x^26+...+1), and the register is multiplied mod p by - x (which is shifting right by one and adding x^32 mod p if the bit shifted - out is a one). We start with the highest power (least significant bit) of - q and repeat for all eight bits of q. - - The table is simply the CRC of all possible eight bit values. This is all - the information needed to generate CRC's on data a byte at a time for all - combinations of CRC register values and incoming bytes. - - - - - The crc data checksum so far. - - - - - Resets the CRC32 data checksum as if no update was ever called. - - - - - Updates the checksum with the int bval. - - - the byte is taken as the lower 8 bits of value - - - - - Updates the checksum with the bytes taken from the array. - - - buffer an array of bytes - - - - - Adds the byte array to the data checksum. - - - The buffer which contains the data - - - The offset in the buffer where the data starts - - - The number of data bytes to update the CRC with. - - - - - Returns the CRC32 data checksum computed so far. - - - - - Defines known values for the property. - - - - - Host system = MSDOS - - - - - Host system = Amiga - - - - - Host system = Open VMS - - - - - Host system = Unix - - - - - Host system = VMCms - - - - - Host system = Atari ST - - - - - Host system = OS2 - - - - - Host system = Macintosh - - - - - Host system = ZSystem - - - - - Host system = Cpm - - - - - Host system = Windows NT - - - - - Host system = MVS - - - - - Host system = VSE - - - - - Host system = Acorn RISC - - - - - Host system = VFAT - - - - - Host system = Alternate MVS - - - - - Host system = BEOS - - - - - Host system = Tandem - - - - - Host system = OS400 - - - - - Host system = OSX - - - - - Host system = WinZIP AES - - - - - This class represents an entry in a zip archive. This can be a file - or a directory - ZipFile and ZipInputStream will give you instances of this class as - information about the members in an archive. ZipOutputStream - uses an instance of this class when creating an entry in a Zip file. -
-
Author of the original java version : Jochen Hoenicke -
-
- - - Creates a zip entry with the given name. - - - The name for this entry. Can include directory components. - The convention for names is 'unix' style paths with relative names only. - There are with no device names and path elements are separated by '/' characters. - - - The name passed is null - - - - - Creates a zip entry with the given name and version required to extract - - - The name for this entry. Can include directory components. - The convention for names is 'unix' style paths with no device names and - path elements separated by '/' characters. This is not enforced see CleanName - on how to ensure names are valid if this is desired. - - - The minimum 'feature version' required this entry - - - The name passed is null - - - - - Initializes an entry with the given name and made by information - - Name for this entry - Version and HostSystem Information - Minimum required zip feature version required to extract this entry - Compression method for this entry. - - The name passed is null - - - versionRequiredToExtract should be 0 (auto-calculate) or > 10 - - - This constructor is used by the ZipFile class when reading from the central header - It is not generally useful, use the constructor specifying the name only. - - - - - Creates a deep copy of the given zip entry. - - - The entry to copy. - - - - - Test the external attributes for this to - see if the external attributes are Dos based (including WINNT and variants) - and match the values - - The attributes to test. - Returns true if the external attributes are known to be DOS/Windows - based and have the same attributes set as the value passed. - - - - Force this entry to be recorded using Zip64 extensions. - - - - - Get a value indicating wether Zip64 extensions were forced. - - A value of true if Zip64 extensions have been forced on; false if not. - - - - Process extra data fields updating the entry based on the contents. - - True if the extra data fields should be handled - for a local header, rather than for a central header. - - - - - Test entry to see if data can be extracted. - - Returns true if data can be extracted for this entry; false otherwise. - - - - Creates a copy of this zip entry. - - An that is a copy of the current instance. - - - - Gets a string representation of this ZipEntry. - - A readable textual representation of this - - - - Test a compression method to see if this library - supports extracting data compressed with that method - - The compression method to test. - Returns true if the compression method is supported; false otherwise - - - - Cleans a name making it conform to Zip file conventions. - Devices names ('c:\') and UNC share names ('\\server\share') are removed - and forward slashes ('\') are converted to back slashes ('/'). - Names are made relative by trimming leading slashes which is compatible - with the ZIP naming convention. - - The name to clean - The 'cleaned' name. - - The Zip name transform class is more flexible. - - - - - Get a value indicating wether the entry has a CRC value available. - - - - - Get/Set flag indicating if entry is encrypted. - A simple helper routine to aid interpretation of flags - - This is an assistant that interprets the flags property. - - - - Get / set a flag indicating wether entry name and comment text are - encoded in unicode UTF8. - - This is an assistant that interprets the flags property. - - - - Value used during password checking for PKZIP 2.0 / 'classic' encryption. - - - - - Get/Set general purpose bit flag for entry - - - General purpose bit flag
-
- Bit 0: If set, indicates the file is encrypted
- Bit 1-2 Only used for compression type 6 Imploding, and 8, 9 deflating
- Imploding:
- Bit 1 if set indicates an 8K sliding dictionary was used. If clear a 4k dictionary was used
- Bit 2 if set indicates 3 Shannon-Fanno trees were used to encode the sliding dictionary, 2 otherwise
-
- Deflating:
- Bit 2 Bit 1
- 0 0 Normal compression was used
- 0 1 Maximum compression was used
- 1 0 Fast compression was used
- 1 1 Super fast compression was used
-
- Bit 3: If set, the fields crc-32, compressed size - and uncompressed size are were not able to be written during zip file creation - The correct values are held in a data descriptor immediately following the compressed data.
- Bit 4: Reserved for use by PKZIP for enhanced deflating
- Bit 5: If set indicates the file contains compressed patch data
- Bit 6: If set indicates strong encryption was used.
- Bit 7-10: Unused or reserved
- Bit 11: If set the name and comments for this entry are in unicode.
- Bit 12-15: Unused or reserved
-
- - -
- - - Get/Set index of this entry in Zip file - - This is only valid when the entry is part of a - - - - Get/set offset for use in central header - - - - - Get/Set external file attributes as an integer. - The values of this are operating system dependant see - HostSystem for details - - - - - Get the version made by for this entry or zero if unknown. - The value / 10 indicates the major version number, and - the value mod 10 is the minor version number - - - - - Get a value indicating this entry is for a DOS/Windows system. - - - - - Gets the compatability information for the external file attribute - If the external file attributes are compatible with MS-DOS and can be read - by PKZIP for DOS version 2.04g then this value will be zero. Otherwise the value - will be non-zero and identify the host system on which the attributes are compatible. - - - - The values for this as defined in the Zip File format and by others are shown below. The values are somewhat - misleading in some cases as they are not all used as shown. You should consult the relevant documentation - to obtain up to date and correct information. The modified appnote by the infozip group is - particularly helpful as it documents a lot of peculiarities. The document is however a little dated. - - 0 - MS-DOS and OS/2 (FAT / VFAT / FAT32 file systems) - 1 - Amiga - 2 - OpenVMS - 3 - Unix - 4 - VM/CMS - 5 - Atari ST - 6 - OS/2 HPFS - 7 - Macintosh - 8 - Z-System - 9 - CP/M - 10 - Windows NTFS - 11 - MVS (OS/390 - Z/OS) - 12 - VSE - 13 - Acorn Risc - 14 - VFAT - 15 - Alternate MVS - 16 - BeOS - 17 - Tandem - 18 - OS/400 - 19 - OS/X (Darwin) - 99 - WinZip AES - remainder - unused - - - - - - Get minimum Zip feature version required to extract this entry - - - Minimum features are defined as:
- 1.0 - Default value
- 1.1 - File is a volume label
- 2.0 - File is a folder/directory
- 2.0 - File is compressed using Deflate compression
- 2.0 - File is encrypted using traditional encryption
- 2.1 - File is compressed using Deflate64
- 2.5 - File is compressed using PKWARE DCL Implode
- 2.7 - File is a patch data set
- 4.5 - File uses Zip64 format extensions
- 4.6 - File is compressed using BZIP2 compression
- 5.0 - File is encrypted using DES
- 5.0 - File is encrypted using 3DES
- 5.0 - File is encrypted using original RC2 encryption
- 5.0 - File is encrypted using RC4 encryption
- 5.1 - File is encrypted using AES encryption
- 5.1 - File is encrypted using corrected RC2 encryption
- 5.1 - File is encrypted using corrected RC2-64 encryption
- 6.1 - File is encrypted using non-OAEP key wrapping
- 6.2 - Central directory encryption (not confirmed yet)
- 6.3 - File is compressed using LZMA
- 6.3 - File is compressed using PPMD+
- 6.3 - File is encrypted using Blowfish
- 6.3 - File is encrypted using Twofish
-
- -
- - - Get a value indicating wether this entry can be decompressed by the library. - - This is based on the and - wether the compression method is supported. - - - - Gets a value indicating if the entry requires Zip64 extensions - to store the full entry values. - - A value of true if a local header requires Zip64 extensions; false if not. - - - - Get a value indicating wether the central directory entry requires Zip64 extensions to be stored. - - - - - Get/Set DosTime value. - - - The MS-DOS date format can only represent dates between 1/1/1980 and 12/31/2107. - - - - - Gets/Sets the time of last modification of the entry. - - - The property is updated to match this as far as possible. - - - - - Returns the entry name. - - - The unix naming convention is followed. - Path components in the entry should always separated by forward slashes ('/'). - Dos device names like C: should also be removed. - See the class, or - - - - - Gets/Sets the size of the uncompressed data. - - - The size or -1 if unknown. - - Setting the size before adding an entry to an archive can help - avoid compatability problems with some archivers which dont understand Zip64 extensions. - - - - Gets/Sets the size of the compressed data. - - - The compressed entry size or -1 if unknown. - - - - - Gets/Sets the crc of the uncompressed data. - - - Crc is not in the range 0..0xffffffffL - - - The crc value or -1 if unknown. - - - - - Gets/Sets the compression method. Only Deflated and Stored are supported. - - - The compression method for this entry - - - - - Gets/Sets the extra data. - - - Extra data is longer than 64KB (0xffff) bytes. - - - Extra data or null if not set. - - - - - Gets/Sets the entry comment. - - - If comment is longer than 0xffff. - - - The comment or null if not set. - - - A comment is only available for entries when read via the ZipFile class. - The class doesnt have the comment data available. - - - - - Gets a value indicating if the entry is a directory. - however. - - - A directory is determined by an entry name with a trailing slash '/'. - The external file attributes can also indicate an entry is for a directory. - Currently only dos/windows attributes are tested in this manner. - The trailing slash convention should always be followed. - - - - - Get a value of true if the entry appears to be a file; false otherwise - - - This only takes account of DOS/Windows attributes. Other operating systems are ignored. - For linux and others the result may be incorrect. - - - - - Huffman tree used for inflation - - - - - Literal length tree - - - - - Distance tree - - - - - Constructs a Huffman tree from the array of code lengths. - - - the array of code lengths - - - - - Reads the next symbol from input. The symbol is encoded using the - huffman tree. - - - input the input source. - - - the next symbol, or -1 if not enough input is available. - - - - - Graphical representation of a series, tpyes are text, graphical or blank - - Graphical Banners are defined as having a graphical/logo version of the series name - - Text Banners generally use Arial Bold font, 27pt as the text - - The main requirement for blank banners is they should be blank on the left side of the banner as - that is where the auto-generated text will be placed - - More information on http://thetvdb.com/wiki/index.php/Series_Banners - - - - - TvdbSeriesBanner constructor - - - - - TvdbSeriesBanner constructor - - Id of banner - Path of banner image - Language of this banner - Banner type (text, graphical, blank, none) - - - - Banner type of the series banner - - - - - Type of the series banner - - - - - Banners contains a text of the seriesname - - - - - Banner containing a graphical representation of the seriesname - - - - - Banner containing a free space on the left side to place your own series description - - - - - Nothing specified - - - - - ExtraData tagged value interface. - - - - - Set the contents of this instance from the data passed. - - The data to extract contents from. - The offset to begin extracting data from. - The number of bytes to extract. - - - - Get the data representing this instance. - - Returns the data for this instance. - - - - Get the ID for this tagged data value. - - - - - A raw binary tagged value - - - - - Initialise a new instance. - - The tag ID. - - - - Set the data from the raw values provided. - - The raw data to extract values from. - The index to start extracting values from. - The number of bytes available. - - - - Get the binary data representing this instance. - - The raw binary data representing this instance. - - - - The tag ID for this instance. - - - - - Get the ID for this tagged data value. - - - - - Get /set the binary data representing this instance. - - The raw binary data representing this instance. - - - - Class representing extended unix date time values. - - - - - Set the data from the raw values provided. - - The raw data to extract values from. - The index to start extracting values from. - The number of bytes available. - - - - Get the binary data representing this instance. - - The raw binary data representing this instance. - - - - Test a value to see if is valid and can be represented here. - - The value to test. - Returns true if the value is valid and can be represented; false if not. - The standard Unix time is a signed integer data type, directly encoding the Unix time number, - which is the number of seconds since 1970-01-01. - Being 32 bits means the values here cover a range of about 136 years. - The minimum representable time is 1901-12-13 20:45:52, - and the maximum representable time is 2038-01-19 03:14:07. - - - - - Get the ID - - - - - Get /set the Modification Time - - - - - - - Get / set the Access Time - - - - - - - Get / Set the Create Time - - - - - - - Get/set the values to include. - - - - - Flags indicate which values are included in this instance. - - - - - The modification time is included - - - - - The access time is included - - - - - The create time is included. - - - - - Class handling NT date time values. - - - - - Set the data from the raw values provided. - - The raw data to extract values from. - The index to start extracting values from. - The number of bytes available. - - - - Get the binary data representing this instance. - - The raw binary data representing this instance. - - - - Test a valuie to see if is valid and can be represented here. - - The value to test. - Returns true if the value is valid and can be represented; false if not. - - NTFS filetimes are 64-bit unsigned integers, stored in Intel - (least significant byte first) byte order. They determine the - number of 1.0E-07 seconds (1/10th microseconds!) past WinNT "epoch", - which is "01-Jan-1601 00:00:00 UTC". 28 May 60056 is the upper limit - - - - - Get the ID for this tagged data value. - - - - - Get/set the last modification time. - - - - - Get /set the create time - - - - - Get /set the last access time. - - - - - A factory that creates tagged data instances. - - - - - Get data for a specific tag value. - - The tag ID to find. - The data to search. - The offset to begin extracting data from. - The number of bytes to extract. - The located value found, or null if not found. - - - - - A class to handle the extra data field for Zip entries - - - Extra data contains 0 or more values each prefixed by a header tag and length. - They contain zero or more bytes of actual data. - The data is held internally using a copy on write strategy. This is more efficient but - means that for extra data created by passing in data can have the values modified by the caller - in some circumstances. - - - - - Initialise a default instance. - - - - - Initialise with known extra data. - - The extra data. - - - - Get the raw extra data value - - Returns the raw byte[] extra data this instance represents. - - - - Clear the stored data. - - - - - Get a read-only for the associated tag. - - The tag to locate data for. - Returns a containing tag data or null if no tag was found. - - - - Get the tagged data for a tag. - - The tag to search for. - Returns a tagged value or null if none found. - - - - Find an extra data value - - The identifier for the value to find. - Returns true if the value was found; false otherwise. - - - - Add a new entry to extra data. - - The value to add. - - - - Add a new entry to extra data - - The ID for this entry. - The data to add. - If the ID already exists its contents are replaced. - - - - Start adding a new entry. - - Add data using , , , or . - The new entry is completed and actually added by calling - - - - - Add entry data added since using the ID passed. - - The identifier to use for this entry. - - - - Add a byte of data to the pending new entry. - - The byte to add. - - - - - Add data to a pending new entry. - - The data to add. - - - - - Add a short value in little endian order to the pending new entry. - - The data to add. - - - - - Add an integer value in little endian order to the pending new entry. - - The data to add. - - - - - Add a long value in little endian order to the pending new entry. - - The data to add. - - - - - Delete an extra data field. - - The identifier of the field to delete. - Returns true if the field was found and deleted. - - - - Read a long in little endian form from the last found data value - - Returns the long value read. - - - - Read an integer in little endian form from the last found data value. - - Returns the integer read. - - - - Read a short value in little endian form from the last found data value. - - Returns the short value read. - - - - Read a byte from an extra data - - The byte value read or -1 if the end of data has been reached. - - - - Skip data during reading. - - The number of bytes to skip. - - - - Internal form of that reads data at any location. - - Returns the short value read. - - - - Dispose of this instance. - - - - - Gets the current extra data length. - - - - - Get the length of the last value found by - - This is only valid if has previously returned true. - - - - Get the index for the current read value. - - This is only valid if has previously returned true. - Initially the result will be the index of the first byte of actual data. The value is updated after calls to - , and . - - - - Get the number of bytes remaining to be read for the current value; - - - - - PkzipClassic embodies the classic or original encryption facilities used in Pkzip archives. - While it has been superceded by more recent and more powerful algorithms, its still in use and - is viable for preventing casual snooping - - - - - Generates new encryption keys based on given seed - - The seed value to initialise keys with. - A new key value. - - - - PkzipClassicCryptoBase provides the low level facilities for encryption - and decryption using the PkzipClassic algorithm. - - - - - Transform a single byte - - - The transformed value - - - - - Set the key schedule for encryption/decryption. - - The data use to set the keys from. - - - - Update encryption keys - - - - - Reset the internal state. - - - - - PkzipClassic CryptoTransform for encryption. - - - - - Initialise a new instance of - - The key block to use. - - - - Transforms the specified region of the specified byte array. - - The input for which to compute the transform. - The offset into the byte array from which to begin using data. - The number of bytes in the byte array to use as data. - The computed transform. - - - - Transforms the specified region of the input byte array and copies - the resulting transform to the specified region of the output byte array. - - The input for which to compute the transform. - The offset into the input byte array from which to begin using data. - The number of bytes in the input byte array to use as data. - The output to which to write the transform. - The offset into the output byte array from which to begin writing data. - The number of bytes written. - - - - Cleanup internal state. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the current transform can be reused. - - - - - Gets the size of the input data blocks in bytes. - - - - - Gets the size of the output data blocks in bytes. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether multiple blocks can be transformed. - - - - - PkzipClassic CryptoTransform for decryption. - - - - - Initialise a new instance of . - - The key block to decrypt with. - - - - Transforms the specified region of the specified byte array. - - The input for which to compute the transform. - The offset into the byte array from which to begin using data. - The number of bytes in the byte array to use as data. - The computed transform. - - - - Transforms the specified region of the input byte array and copies - the resulting transform to the specified region of the output byte array. - - The input for which to compute the transform. - The offset into the input byte array from which to begin using data. - The number of bytes in the input byte array to use as data. - The output to which to write the transform. - The offset into the output byte array from which to begin writing data. - The number of bytes written. - - - - Cleanup internal state. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the current transform can be reused. - - - - - Gets the size of the input data blocks in bytes. - - - - - Gets the size of the output data blocks in bytes. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether multiple blocks can be transformed. - - - - - Defines a wrapper object to access the Pkzip algorithm. - This class cannot be inherited. - - - - - Generate an initial vector. - - - - - Generate a new random key. - - - - - Create an encryptor. - - The key to use for this encryptor. - Initialisation vector for the new encryptor. - Returns a new PkzipClassic encryptor - - - - Create a decryptor. - - Keys to use for this new decryptor. - Initialisation vector for the new decryptor. - Returns a new decryptor. - - - - Get / set the applicable block size in bits. - - The only valid block size is 8. - - - - Get an array of legal key sizes. - - - - - Get an array of legal block sizes. - - - - - Get / set the key value applicable. - - - - - This is the DeflaterHuffman class. - - This class is not thread safe. This is inherent in the API, due - to the split of Deflate and SetInput. - - author of the original java version : Jochen Hoenicke - - - - - Pending buffer to use - - - - - Construct instance with pending buffer - - Pending buffer to use - - - - Reset internal state - - - - - Write all trees to pending buffer - - The number/rank of treecodes to send. - - - - Compress current buffer writing data to pending buffer - - - - - Flush block to output with no compression - - Data to write - Index of first byte to write - Count of bytes to write - True if this is the last block - - - - Flush block to output with compression - - Data to flush - Index of first byte to flush - Count of bytes to flush - True if this is the last block - - - - Get value indicating if internal buffer is full - - true if buffer is full - - - - Add literal to buffer - - Literal value to add to buffer. - Value indicating internal buffer is full - - - - Add distance code and length to literal and distance trees - - Distance code - Length - Value indicating if internal buffer is full - - - - Reverse the bits of a 16 bit value. - - Value to reverse bits - Value with bits reversed - - - - Resets the internal state of the tree - - - - - Check that all frequencies are zero - - - At least one frequency is non-zero - - - - - Set static codes and length - - new codes - length for new codes - - - - Build dynamic codes and lengths - - - - - Get encoded length - - Encoded length, the sum of frequencies * lengths - - - - Scan a literal or distance tree to determine the frequencies of the codes - in the bit length tree. - - - - - Write tree values - - Tree to write - - - - Series class holds all the info that can be retrieved from http://thetvdb.com.
-
- Those are as follows:
-
- - Base information:
- - - 73739 - |Malcolm David Kelley|Jorge Garcia|Maggie Grace|...| - Thursday - 9:00 PM - TV-14 - 2004-09-22 - |Action and Adventure|Drama|Science-Fiction| - tt0411008 - en - ABC - After Oceanic Air flight 815... - 8.9 - 60 - 24313 - Lost - Continuing - graphical/24313-g2.jpg - fanart/original/73739-1.jpg - 1205694666 - SH672362 - - - - Banner information
- - Episode information
- - Extended actor information
-
- Each of those can be downloaded seperately. If the information is downloaded as - zipped file, everything is downloaded at once -
-
- - - Basic constructor for the TvdbSeries class - - - - - Create a series object with all the information contained in the TvdbSeriesFields object - - - - - - Add a new language to the series - - - - - - Set the language of the series to one of the languages that have - already been loaded - - The new language for this series - true if success, false otherwise - - - - Set the language of the series to one of the languages that have - already been loaded - - The new language abbriviation for this series - true if success, false otherwise - - - - Get all languages that have already been loaded for this series - - List of all translations that are loaded for this series - - - - Return a list of episodes for the given season - - Season for which episodes should be returned - List of episodes for the given season - - - - returns SeriesName (SeriesId) - - String representing this series - - - - Uptdate the info of the current series with the updated one - - TvdbSeries object - - - - Get all available Translations - - - - - Is the series a favorite - - - - - Returns the genre string in the format | genre1 | genre2 | genre3 | - - - - - Formatted String of actors that appear during this episode in the - format | actor1 | actor2 | actor3 | - - - - - returns a list of all banners for this series - - - - - Is the banner info loaded - - - - - returns a list of all series banners for this series - - - - - Returns a list of all season banners for this series - - - - - Returns a list of all season banners for this series - - - - - Returns a list of all fanart banners for this series - - - - - How many Season does the series have - - - - - List of loaded tvdb actors - - - - - Is the actor info loaded - - - - - Exception that is thrown if http://thetvdb.com seems to be unavailable - - - - - TvdbNotAvailableException constructor - - Message - - - - TvdbNotAvailableException constructor - - - - - TvdbDownloader allows simple downloading of all informations stored - on http://thetvdb.com. Unlike the class Tvdb TvdbDownloader doesn't - include any logic like caching. - - - - - TvdbDownloader constructor - - The api key used for downloading data from thetvdb -> see http://thetvdb.com/wiki/index.php/Programmers_API - - - - Download the episodes for the given series - - the id of the series - the language in which the episodes should be downloaded - An episode object or null if no episodes could be found - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The stored api key is invalid - The tvdb database is unavailable - - - - Download all available banners (only a list of available banners, not the actual images!)for the specified series. - You can load the actual images by calling LoadBanner() (or LoadThumb(), LoadVignette()) on the banner object - - Id of series - List of all banners for the given series - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The stored api key is invalid - The tvdb database is unavailable - - - - Download series from tvdb (specified by series id and language) - - id of series - language of series - load episodes - load actors - load banners - The series object or null if the series couldn't be found - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The stored api key is invalid - The tvdb database is unavailable - - - - Download the series in the given language - - id of series - language of series - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The stored api key is invalid - The tvdb database is unavailable - the series object - - - - Download a series search for the id of an external site - - The site that provides the external id - The id that identifies the series on the external site - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The stored api key is invalid - The tvdb database is unavailable - the series object that corresponds to the given site and id - - - - Download the given episode from tvdb - - Id of episode - Language in which the episode should be downloaded - The episode object - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The episode/series/banner couldn't be located on the tvdb server. - Exception is thrown when thetvdb isn't available. - - - - Download the episode (specified by series id, season number, episode number, language and episode order) from http://thetvdb.com. - It is possible to retrieve episodes by aired order (aka default order), DVD order and absolute order. For a detailled description of these - options see: http://thetvdb.com/wiki/index.php/Category:Episodes - - series id - season nr - episode nr - language - order - The episode object or null if the episode could't be found - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The episode/series/banner couldn't be located on the tvdb server. - Exception is thrown when thetvdb isn't available. - - - - Download the episode specified from http://thetvdb.com - - series id - when did the episode air - language - Episode - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The episode/series/banner couldn't be located on the tvdb server. - Exception is thrown when thetvdb isn't available. - - - - Download the preferred language of the user. - - Id of user - The preferred language for this user as set on http://thetvdb.com - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The user doesn't exist - The tvdb database is unavailable - - - - Download the user favorite list - - Id of user (register at http://thetvdb.com to get a user id) - Favorite list for specified user - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The user doesn't exist - The tvdb database is unavailable - - - - Download the user favorite list - - Id of user - Type of action - id of series - List of user favorites - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The user doesn't exist - The tvdb database is unavailable - - - - Download an Update - - updated series to return - updated episodes to return - updated banners to return - interval to download (0=day, 1=week, 2=month) - use zip - Time of the update - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The stored api key is invalid - Exception is thrown when thetvdb isn't available. - - - - Download an Update - - updated series to return - updated episodes to return - updated banners to return - interval to download - use zip - Time of the update - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The stored api key is invalid - Exception is thrown when thetvdb isn't available. - - - - Download list available languages. - - A list of TvdbLanguage objects - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The episode/series/banner couldn't be located on the tvdb server. - Exception is thrown when thetvdb isn't available. - - - - Download search results for a series search in the default language (english) - - name of the series - List of possible matches for the search - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The stored api key is invalid - Exception is thrown when thetvdb isn't available. - - - - Download search results for a series search - - name of the series - language of the search - List of possible matches for the search - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The stored api key is invalid - Exception is thrown when thetvdb isn't available. - - - - Make the request for rating a series - - The id of the user - The id of the series - The rating for this series - A double value with the current rating for this series - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The user doesn't exist - Exception is thrown when thetvdb isn't available. - - - - Make the request for rating an episode - - The id of the user - The id of the episode - The rating for this series - A double value with the current rating for this series - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The user doesn't exist - Exception is thrown when thetvdb isn't available. - - - - Download the series rating without rating the item. - - id of user - id of series - Current rating for the series - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The user doesn't exist - Exception is thrown when thetvdb isn't available. - - - - Download the episode rating without rating - - id of the user - id of the episode - Current rating of this episode - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The user doesn't exist - Exception is thrown when thetvdb isn't available. - - - - Download the list of actors - - Id of series - List of actors for the given series - - - - Gets all series this user has already ratet - - All series ratings the user has made so far - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The user doesn't exist - Exception is thrown when thetvdb isn't available. - - - - Download the user rating for the given series (episodes and series itself) - - Id of user - Id of series - Dictionary of all ratings - Exception is thrown when there was an error parsing the xml files. - Feel free to post a detailed description of this issue on http://code.google.com/p/tvdblib - or http://forums.thetvdb.com/ - The user doesn't exist - Exception is thrown when thetvdb isn't available. - - - - Newest addition to the graphical section. Like the name says it has poster - format (680px x 1000px) and is not smaller than 500 kb - - More information at http://thetvdb.com/wiki/index.php/Posters - - - - - TvdbPosterBanner constructor - - Id of fanart banner - Language for this banner - Path of image for this banner - - - - TvdbPosterBanner constructor - - - - - Resolution of the Poster banner - - - - - Information on server structure and mirrors of tvdb - - /api// - |---- mirrors.xml - |---- languages.xml - | - |---- series/ - | |---- / - | |---- .xml (Base Series Record) - | |---- banners.xml (All banners related to this series) - | | - | |---- all/ - | | |---- .xml (Full Series Record) - | | |---- .zip (Zipped version of Full Series Record and banners.xml) - | | - | |---- default/ (sorts using the default ordering method) - | | |---- // - | | |---- .xml (Base Episode Record) - | | - | |---- dvd/ (sorts using the dvd ordering method) - | | |---- // - | | |---- .xml (Base Episode Record) - | | - | |---- absolute/ (sorts using the absolute ordering method) - | |---- / - | |---- .xml (Base Episode Record) - | - |---- episodes - | |---- / (will return en.xml by default) - | |---- .xml (Base Episode Record) - | - |---- (updates) - |---- s.xml - |---- updates_.zip - ]]> - - - - - Base server where all operations start - - - - - Path of file where we get the available languages - - - - - Creates link which (depending on params) gets user favorites, adds a series to user - favorites or removes a series from the favorite lis - - - - - Link - - - - Creates link which only retrieves the user favourites - - - Link - - - - Create link to get actor info - - series id - api key - Link - - - - create a link to all series rated by the user - - api key - user identifier - Link - - - - create a link to all items rated by the user for this series - - api key - user identifier - id of the series - Link - - - - - Represents a rating entry from thetvdb - - - - - Which item type is this rating for - - - - - Community Rating is a double value from 0 to 10 and is the mean value of all user ratings for this item - - - - - The rating from this user - - - - - Enum with all items on thetvdb that can be rated - - - - - Item is a series - - - - - Item is an episode - - - - - Represents exception conditions specific to Zip archive handling - - - - - Deserialization constructor - - for this constructor - for this constructor - - - - Initializes a new instance of the ZipException class. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the ZipException class with a specified error message. - - The error message that explains the reason for the exception. - - - - Initialise a new instance of ZipException. - - A message describing the error. - The exception that is the cause of the current exception. - - - - Computes Adler32 checksum for a stream of data. An Adler32 - checksum is not as reliable as a CRC32 checksum, but a lot faster to - compute. - - The specification for Adler32 may be found in RFC 1950. - ZLIB Compressed Data Format Specification version 3.3) - - - From that document: - - "ADLER32 (Adler-32 checksum) - This contains a checksum value of the uncompressed data - (excluding any dictionary data) computed according to Adler-32 - algorithm. This algorithm is a 32-bit extension and improvement - of the Fletcher algorithm, used in the ITU-T X.224 / ISO 8073 - standard. - - Adler-32 is composed of two sums accumulated per byte: s1 is - the sum of all bytes, s2 is the sum of all s1 values. Both sums - are done modulo 65521. s1 is initialized to 1, s2 to zero. The - Adler-32 checksum is stored as s2*65536 + s1 in most- - significant-byte first (network) order." - - "8.2. The Adler-32 algorithm - - The Adler-32 algorithm is much faster than the CRC32 algorithm yet - still provides an extremely low probability of undetected errors. - - The modulo on unsigned long accumulators can be delayed for 5552 - bytes, so the modulo operation time is negligible. If the bytes - are a, b, c, the second sum is 3a + 2b + c + 3, and so is position - and order sensitive, unlike the first sum, which is just a - checksum. That 65521 is prime is important to avoid a possible - large class of two-byte errors that leave the check unchanged. - (The Fletcher checksum uses 255, which is not prime and which also - makes the Fletcher check insensitive to single byte changes 0 - - 255.) - - The sum s1 is initialized to 1 instead of zero to make the length - of the sequence part of s2, so that the length does not have to be - checked separately. (Any sequence of zeroes has a Fletcher - checksum of zero.)" - - - - - largest prime smaller than 65536 - - - - - Creates a new instance of the Adler32 class. - The checksum starts off with a value of 1. - - - - - Resets the Adler32 checksum to the initial value. - - - - - Updates the checksum with a byte value. - - - The data value to add. The high byte of the int is ignored. - - - - - Updates the checksum with an array of bytes. - - - The source of the data to update with. - - - - - Updates the checksum with the bytes taken from the array. - - - an array of bytes - - - the start of the data used for this update - - - the number of bytes to use for this update - - - - - Returns the Adler32 data checksum computed so far. - - - - - Represents an tvdb actor -> for more information see http://thetvdb.com/wiki/index.php/API:actors.xml - - - - - This matches the First, Second, Third, and Don't Care options on the site, which determine if the actor is shown on the series page or not. First (SortOrder=0), Second (SortOrder=1), and Third (SortOrder=2) generally mean the actor plays a primary role in the series. Don't Care (SortOrder=3) generally means the actor plays a lesser role. In some series there are no primary actors, so all actors will have a SortOrder of 3. The actors are also listed in the report in SortOrder, followed by those with images, and then finally by Name. So using the order they show up in the file is a valid method. - - - - - The name of the actor's character in the series. This may include multiple roles in comma-separated format. - - - - - The actual name of the actor. - - - - - The image for the actor in this role. - - - - - A unique id per actor. At some point actors will be globally unique but for now they're just unique per series. - - - - - Binary cache provider saves all the cached info into - - broken at the moment -> use CacheProvider - - - - - BinaryCacheProvider constructor - - The root folder where the cached data should be stored - - - - Load the cached data - - TvdbData object - - - - Initialises the cache, should do the following things - - initialise connections used for this cache provider (db connections, network shares,...) - - create folder structure / db tables / ... if they are not created already - - if this is the first time the cache has been initialised (built), mark last_updated with the - current date - - Tvdb Data object - - - - Closes the cache (e.g. close open connection, etc.) - - true if successful, false otherwise - - - - Saves cache settings - - settings - - - - Saves the time of the last update to cache - - time of last update - - - - Save the language to cache - - List of languages - - - - Save the mirror info to cache - - list of mirrors - - - - Loads the available languages from cache - - List of available languages - - - - Load the available mirrors from cache - - List of available mirrors - - - - Load the give series from cache - - id of series to load - loaded series, or null if not successful - - - - Saves the series to cache - - Tvdb series - - - - Saves the user data to cache - - TvdbUser - - - - Loads all series from cache - - List that contains all series object that had been previously cached - - - - Load the userinfo from the cache - - Id of user - TvdbUser object - - - - Receives a list of all series that have been cached - - Ids of series that are already cached - - - - Check if the series is cached in the given configuration - - Id of the series - Language of the series - are episodes loaded - are banners loaded - are actors loaded - true if the series is cached, false otherwise - - - - Completely refreshes the cached (all stored information is lost). - - true if the cache was cleared successfully, - false otherwise (e.g. no write rights,...) - - - - Remove a specific series from cache - - the id of the series - true if the series was removed from the cache successfully, - false otherwise (e.g. series not cached) - - - - Save the given image to cache - - banner to save - id of series - filename (will be the same name used by LoadImageFromCache) - - - - Loads the specified image from the cache - - series id - filename of the image (same one as used by SaveToCache) - The loaded image or null if the image wasn't found - - - - Removes the specified image from cache (if it has been cached) - - id of series - name of image - true if image was removed successfully, false otherwise (e.g. image didn't exist) - - - - Load the time when the cache was updated last - - DateTime of lsat update - - - - Is the cache provider initialised - - - - - Class to store what parts of the cached series has been loaded - - - - - constructor - - Id of series - Are episodes loaded - Are banners loaded - Are actors loaded - - - - Are actors loaded - - - - - Are banners loaded - - - - - Are episodes loaded - - - - - Id of series - - - - - This is an InflaterInputStream that reads the files baseInputStream an zip archive - one after another. It has a special method to get the zip entry of - the next file. The zip entry contains information about the file name - size, compressed size, Crc, etc. - It includes support for Stored and Deflated entries. -
-
Author of the original java version : Jochen Hoenicke -
- - This sample shows how to read a zip file - - using System; - using System.Text; - using System.IO; - - using ICSharpCode.SharpZipLib.Zip; - - class MainClass - { - public static void Main(string[] args) - { - using ( ZipInputStream s = new ZipInputStream(File.OpenRead(args[0]))) { - - ZipEntry theEntry; - while ((theEntry = s.GetNextEntry()) != null) { - int size = 2048; - byte[] data = new byte[2048]; - - Console.Write("Show contents (y/n) ?"); - if (Console.ReadLine() == "y") { - while (true) { - size = s.Read(data, 0, data.Length); - if (size > 0) { - Console.Write(new ASCIIEncoding().GetString(data, 0, size)); - } else { - break; - } - } - } - } - } - } - } - - -
- - - The current reader this instance. - - - - - Creates a new Zip input stream, for reading a zip archive. - - The underlying providing data. - - - - Advances to the next entry in the archive - - - The next entry in the archive or null if there are no more entries. - - - If the previous entry is still open CloseEntry is called. - - - Input stream is closed - - - Password is not set, password is invalid, compression method is invalid, - version required to extract is not supported - - - - - Read data descriptor at the end of compressed data. - - - - - Complete cleanup as the final part of closing. - - True if the crc value should be tested - - - - Closes the current zip entry and moves to the next one. - - - The stream is closed - - - The Zip stream ends early - - - - - Reads a byte from the current zip entry. - - - The byte or -1 if end of stream is reached. - - - - - Handle attempts to read by throwing an . - - The destination array to store data in. - The offset at which data read should be stored. - The maximum number of bytes to read. - Returns the number of bytes actually read. - - - - Handle attempts to read from this entry by throwing an exception - - - - - Perform the initial read on an entry which may include - reading encryption headers and setting up inflation. - - The destination to fill with data read. - The offset to start reading at. - The maximum number of bytes to read. - The actual number of bytes read. - - - - Read a block of bytes from the stream. - - The destination for the bytes. - The index to start storing data. - The number of bytes to attempt to read. - Returns the number of bytes read. - Zero bytes read means end of stream. - - - - Reads a block of bytes from the current zip entry. - - - The number of bytes read (this may be less than the length requested, even before the end of stream), or 0 on end of stream. - - - An i/o error occured. - - - The deflated stream is corrupted. - - - The stream is not open. - - - - - Closes the zip input stream - - - - - Optional password used for encryption when non-null - - A password for all encrypted entries in this - - - - Gets a value indicating if there is a current entry and it can be decompressed - - - The entry can only be decompressed if the library supports the zip features required to extract it. - See the ZipEntry Version property for more details. - - - - - Returns 1 if there is an entry available - Otherwise returns 0. - - - - - Returns the current size that can be read from the current entry if available - - Thrown if the entry size is not known. - Thrown if no entry is currently available. - - - - Delegate for reading bytes from a stream. - - - - - Determines how entries are tested to see if they should use Zip64 extensions or not. - - - - - Zip64 will not be forced on entries during processing. - - An entry can have this overridden if required - - - - Zip64 should always be used. - - - - - #ZipLib will determine use based on entry values when added to archive. - - - - - The kind of compression used for an entry in an archive - - - - - A direct copy of the file contents is held in the archive - - - - - Common Zip compression method using a sliding dictionary - of up to 32KB and secondary compression from Huffman/Shannon-Fano trees - - - - - An extension to deflate with a 64KB window. Not supported by #Zip currently - - - - - BZip2 compression. Not supported by #Zip. - - - - - WinZip special for AES encryption, Not supported by #Zip. - - - - - Identifies the encryption algorithm used for an entry - - - - - No encryption has been used. - - - - - Encrypted using PKZIP 2.0 or 'classic' encryption. - - - - - DES encryption has been used. - - - - - RCS encryption has been used for encryption. - - - - - Triple DES encryption with 168 bit keys has been used for this entry. - - - - - Triple DES with 112 bit keys has been used for this entry. - - - - - AES 128 has been used for encryption. - - - - - AES 192 has been used for encryption. - - - - - AES 256 has been used for encryption. - - - - - RC2 corrected has been used for encryption. - - - - - Blowfish has been used for encryption. - - - - - Twofish has been used for encryption. - - - - - RC4 has been used for encryption. - - - - - An unknown algorithm has been used for encryption. - - - - - Defines the contents of the general bit flags field for an archive entry. - - - - - Bit 0 if set indicates that the file is encrypted - - - - - Bits 1 and 2 - Two bits defining the compression method (only for Method 6 Imploding and 8,9 Deflating) - - - - - Bit 3 if set indicates a trailing data desciptor is appended to the entry data - - - - - Bit 4 is reserved for use with method 8 for enhanced deflation - - - - - Bit 5 if set indicates the file contains Pkzip compressed patched data. - Requires version 2.7 or greater. - - - - - Bit 6 if set strong encryption has been used for this entry. - - - - - Bit 7 is currently unused - - - - - Bit 8 is currently unused - - - - - Bit 9 is currently unused - - - - - Bit 10 is currently unused - - - - - Bit 11 if set indicates the filename and - comment fields for this file must be encoded using UTF-8. - - - - - Bit 12 is documented as being reserved by PKware for enhanced compression. - - - - - Bit 13 if set indicates that values in the local header are masked to hide - their actual values, and the central directory is encrypted. - - - Used when encrypting the central directory contents. - - - - - Bit 14 is documented as being reserved for use by PKware - - - - - Bit 15 is documented as being reserved for use by PKware - - - - - This class contains constants used for Zip format files - - - - - The version made by field for entries in the central header when created by this library - - - This is also the Zip version for the library when comparing against the version required to extract - for an entry. - - - - - The version made by field for entries in the central header when created by this library - - - This is also the Zip version for the library when comparing against the version required to extract - for an entry. See ZipInputStream.CanDecompressEntry. - - - - - The minimum version required to support strong encryption - - - - - The minimum version required to support strong encryption - - - - - The version required for Zip64 extensions - - - - - Size of local entry header (excluding variable length fields at end) - - - - - Size of local entry header (excluding variable length fields at end) - - - - - Size of Zip64 data descriptor - - - - - Size of data descriptor - - - - - Size of data descriptor - - - - - Size of central header entry (excluding variable fields) - - - - - Size of central header entry - - - - - Size of end of central record (excluding variable fields) - - - - - Size of end of central record (excluding variable fields) - - - - - Size of 'classic' cryptographic header stored before any entry data - - - - - Size of cryptographic header stored before entry data - - - - - Signature for local entry header - - - - - Signature for local entry header - - - - - Signature for spanning entry - - - - - Signature for spanning entry - - - - - Signature for temporary spanning entry - - - - - Signature for temporary spanning entry - - - - - Signature for data descriptor - - - This is only used where the length, Crc, or compressed size isnt known when the - entry is created and the output stream doesnt support seeking. - The local entry cannot be 'patched' with the correct values in this case - so the values are recorded after the data prefixed by this header, as well as in the central directory. - - - - - Signature for data descriptor - - - This is only used where the length, Crc, or compressed size isnt known when the - entry is created and the output stream doesnt support seeking. - The local entry cannot be 'patched' with the correct values in this case - so the values are recorded after the data prefixed by this header, as well as in the central directory. - - - - - Signature for central header - - - - - Signature for central header - - - - - Signature for Zip64 central file header - - - - - Signature for Zip64 central file header - - - - - Signature for Zip64 central directory locator - - - - - Signature for archive extra data signature (were headers are encrypted). - - - - - Central header digitial signature - - - - - Central header digitial signature - - - - - End of central directory record signature - - - - - End of central directory record signature - - - - - Convert a portion of a byte array to a string. - - - Data to convert to string - - - Number of bytes to convert starting from index 0 - - - data[0]..data[length - 1] converted to a string - - - - - Convert a byte array to string - - - Byte array to convert - - - dataconverted to a string - - - - - Convert a byte array to string - - The applicable general purpose bits flags - - Byte array to convert - - The number of bytes to convert. - - dataconverted to a string - - - - - Convert a byte array to string - - - Byte array to convert - - The applicable general purpose bits flags - - dataconverted to a string - - - - - Convert a string to a byte array - - - String to convert to an array - - Converted array - - - - Convert a string to a byte array - - The applicable general purpose bits flags - - String to convert to an array - - Converted array - - - - Initialise default instance of ZipConstants - - - Private to prevent instances being created. - - - - - Default encoding used for string conversion. 0 gives the default system OEM code page. - Dont use unicode encodings if you want to be Zip compatible! - Using the default code page isnt the full solution neccessarily - there are many variable factors, codepage 850 is often a good choice for - European users, however be careful about compatability. - - - - - Strategies for deflater - - - - - The default strategy - - - - - This strategy will only allow longer string repetitions. It is - useful for random data with a small character set. - - - - - This strategy will not look for string repetitions at all. It - only encodes with Huffman trees (which means, that more common - characters get a smaller encoding. - - - - - Low level compression engine for deflate algorithm which uses a 32K sliding window - with secondary compression from Huffman/Shannon-Fano codes. - - - - - Construct instance with pending buffer - - - Pending buffer to use - > - - - - Deflate drives actual compression of data - - True to flush input buffers - Finish deflation with the current input. - Returns true if progress has been made. - - - - Sets input data to be deflated. Should only be called when NeedsInput() - returns true - - The buffer containing input data. - The offset of the first byte of data. - The number of bytes of data to use as input. - - - - Determines if more input is needed. - - Return true if input is needed via SetInput - - - - Set compression dictionary - - The buffer containing the dictionary data - The offset in the buffer for the first byte of data - The length of the dictionary data. - - - - Reset internal state - - - - - Reset Adler checksum - - - - - Set the deflate level (0-9) - - The value to set the level to. - - - - Fill the window - - - - - Inserts the current string in the head hash and returns the previous - value for this hash. - - The previous hash value - - - - Find the best (longest) string in the window matching the - string starting at strstart. - - Preconditions: - - strstart + MAX_MATCH <= window.length. - - - True if a match greater than the minimum length is found - - - - Hashtable, hashing three characters to an index for window, so - that window[index]..window[index+2] have this hash code. - Note that the array should really be unsigned short, so you need - to and the values with 0xffff. - - - - - prev[index & WMASK] points to the previous index that has the - same hash code as the string starting at index. This way - entries with the same hash code are in a linked list. - Note that the array should really be unsigned short, so you need - to and the values with 0xffff. - - - - - Points to the current character in the window. - - - - - lookahead is the number of characters starting at strstart in - window that are valid. - So window[strstart] until window[strstart+lookahead-1] are valid - characters. - - - - - This array contains the part of the uncompressed stream that - is of relevance. The current character is indexed by strstart. - - - - - The current compression function. - - - - - The input data for compression. - - - - - The total bytes of input read. - - - - - The offset into inputBuf, where input data starts. - - - - - The end offset of the input data. - - - - - The adler checksum - - - - - Get current value of Adler checksum - - - - - Total data processed - - - - - Get/set the deflate strategy - - - - - Logs internal messages - - - - - Logs the message at level Debug - - Message to log - - - - Logs the message at level Debug - - Message to log - Exception to log - - - - Logs the message at level info - - Message to log - - - - Logs the message at level info - - Message to log - Exception to log - - - - Logs the message at level Warn - - Message to log - - - - Logs the message at level Warn - - Message to log - Exception to log - - - - Logs the message at level Error - - Message to log - - - - Logs the message at level Error - - Message to log - Exception to log - - - - Logs the message at level Fatal - - Message to log - - - - Logs the message at level Fatal - - Message to log - Exception to log - - - - Logs the message at the given level - - Message to log - Level to log - - - - The loglevel that is currently used (default = warn) - - - - - Loglevel - - - - Logs debug messages - - - Logs info messages - - - Logs warn messages - - - Logs error messages - - - Logs fatal messages - - - - An actor poster - * Actor images must be 300px x 450px and must fill the entire image. Do not add black bars to the sides to get it to that size. - * Actor images must be smaller than 100kb - * Low quality images should not be scaled up to fit the resolution. Use only high quality art. - * Actor images should show the actor in that particular role, wearing the clothes/makeup they'd wear on the series. Unless it's a cartoon, in which case just a normal picture of the voice actor will do. - * Try to shy away from full body shots. Ideally include some upper body but don't go to far past the waist. - * No nudity, even if the actor is playing the role of a striper who is almost always nude, the images must be family safe. - - - - - Class that holds all user information - - - - - TvdbUser constructor - - Name of the user, can be choosen freely - User identifier from http://thetvdb.com - - - - TvdbUser constructor - - - - - Preferred language of the user - - - - - This is the unique identifier assigned to every user. They can access this value by visiting the account settings page on the site. This is a 16 character alphanumeric string, but you should program your applications to handle id strings up to 32 characters in length. - - - - - Username - - - - - List of user favorites - - - - - This class allows us to retrieve a specified number of bits from - the input buffer, as well as copy big byte blocks. - - It uses an int buffer to store up to 31 bits for direct - manipulation. This guarantees that we can get at least 16 bits, - but we only need at most 15, so this is all safe. - - There are some optimizations in this class, for example, you must - never peek more than 8 bits more than needed, and you must first - peek bits before you may drop them. This is not a general purpose - class but optimized for the behaviour of the Inflater. - - authors of the original java version : John Leuner, Jochen Hoenicke - - - - - Constructs a default StreamManipulator with all buffers empty - - - - - Get the next sequence of bits but don't increase input pointer. bitCount must be - less or equal 16 and if this call succeeds, you must drop - at least n - 8 bits in the next call. - - The number of bits to peek. - - the value of the bits, or -1 if not enough bits available. */ - - - - - Drops the next n bits from the input. You should have called PeekBits - with a bigger or equal n before, to make sure that enough bits are in - the bit buffer. - - The number of bits to drop. - - - - Gets the next n bits and increases input pointer. This is equivalent - to followed by , except for correct error handling. - - The number of bits to retrieve. - - the value of the bits, or -1 if not enough bits available. - - - - - Skips to the next byte boundary. - - - - - Copies bytes from input buffer to output buffer starting - at output[offset]. You have to make sure, that the buffer is - byte aligned. If not enough bytes are available, copies fewer - bytes. - - - The buffer to copy bytes to. - - - The offset in the buffer at which copying starts - - - The length to copy, 0 is allowed. - - - The number of bytes copied, 0 if no bytes were available. - - - Length is less than zero - - - Bit buffer isnt byte aligned - - - - - Resets state and empties internal buffers - - - - - Add more input for consumption. - Only call when IsNeedingInput returns true - - data to be input - offset of first byte of input - number of bytes of input to add. - - - - Gets the number of bits available in the bit buffer. This must be - only called when a previous PeekBits() returned -1. - - - the number of bits available. - - - - - Gets the number of bytes available. - - - The number of bytes available. - - - - - Returns true when SetInput can be called - - - - - Season bannners for each season of a series come in poster format (400 x 578) and wide format(758 x 140) - - Wide format: http://thetvdb.com/wiki/index.php/Wide_Season_Banners - - Poster format: http://thetvdb.com/wiki/index.php/Season_Banners - - - - - Season of the banner - - - - - Type of the banner - - - - - Type of the season banner - - - - - Season banner (poster format) - - - - - Wide season banner (banner format) - - - - - no format specified - - - - - Compare episodes according to their default episode numbers (aired) - - - - - Compare episodes according to their dvd episode number - - - - - Compare episodes according to their absolute episode number - - -
-
diff --git a/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/log4net.dll b/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/log4net.dll deleted file mode 100644 index ffc57e112..000000000 Binary files a/NzbDrone.Web/Bin/log4net.dll and /dev/null differ